Sie sind auf Seite 1von 238

Fundamentals

AS mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm ny
PIPESIM Fundamentals

Workflow/Solutions Training
Version 2014

Schlumberger Information Solutions


April 22, 2015

A Schiumberger Company
Copyright Notice
Copyright © 2015 Schlumberger. All rights resen/ed.
This work contains the confidential and proprietary trade secrets of
Schlumberger and may not be copied or stored in an information retrieval
system, transferred, used, distributed, translated or retransmitted in any form
or by any means, electronic or mechanical, in whole or in part, without the
express written permission of the copyright owner.

Trademarks & sen/ice marks


Schlumberger, the Schlumberger logotype, and other words or symbols used
to identify the products and services described herein are either trademarks,
trade names or service marks of Schlumberger and its licensors, or are the
property of their respective owners. These marks may not be copied, imitated
or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of
Schlumberger. ln addition, covers, page headers, custom graphics, icons, and
other design elements may be service marks, trademarks, and/or trade dress
of Schlumberger, and may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part,
without the express prior written permission of Schlumberger. Other company,
product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.
An asterisk (*) is used throughout this document to designate a mark of
Schlumberger.

Security notice
The software described herein is configured to operate with at least the
minimum specifications set out by Schlumberger. You are advised that such
minimum specifications are merely recommendations and not intended to be
limiting to configurations that may be used to operate the software. Similarly,
you are advised that the software should be operated in a secure environment
whether such software is operated across a network, on a single system and/or
on a plurality of systems. lt is up to you to configure and maintain your
networks and/or system(s) in a secure manner. If you have further questions
as to recommendations regarding recommended specifications or security,
please feel free to contact your local Schlumberger representative.
Table of Contents

About this manual


Learning objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What you need , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , . . . , . . . . . . ,
What to expect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Course conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . ,
Icons . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U1-b(,\Jl\J—\—\

Module 1: PIPESIM introduction


Learning objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Lesson 1: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . 7
Lesson 2: Tour of the user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 11
Lesson 3: Tasks . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Network simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 16
Pressure/Temperature profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . , . . . 17
Nodal analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 17
System analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
VFP tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ESP design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 19
Review question . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Module 2: Simple pipeline tutorials


Learning objectives . . , . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , . . . . , . . , . . . 21
Lesson 1: Single-phase flow calculations . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Exercise 1: Model a water pipeline with hand calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Exercise 2: Build the water pipeline model with PIPESIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Exercise 3: Run the model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . , . . . . . . . 33
Exercise 4: Analyze multiple scenarios with sensitivities . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 38
Exercise 5: Model a single-phase gas pipeline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Exercise 6: Calculate gas pipeline flow capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Lesson 2: Multiphase flow calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . . . 46
Exercise 1: Model a multiphase pipeline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Review questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 53

PIPESIM Fundamentals, version 2014 I


Module 3: Oil well performance analysis
Learning objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..55
Lesson 1: Nodal analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Exercise 1: Build the well model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..57
Exercise 2: Perform a nodal analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..64
Lesson 2: Pressure/temperature profile , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..67
Exercise 1: Generate a pressure/temperature profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..67
Lesson 3: Black oil fluid calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..68
Single point calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..69
Save fluids and wells as templates . . . . . . . . . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..69
Exercise 1: Calibrate PVT data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..7O
Lesson 4: Inflow performance matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..72
Exercise 1: Sensitize on the well Pl to match performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Lesson 5: Well performance analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..75
Water-cut sensitivity analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..75
Exercise 1: Run a system analysis task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..75
Exercise 2: Run a nodal analysis task , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..77
Lesson 6: Artificial lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..79
Exercise 1; Evaluate gas lift performance . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..8O.
Exercise 2: Evaluate ESP performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..84
Exercise 3: Model multiple completions . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..91
Lesson 7: Downhole chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..98
Exercise 1: Model a downhole choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..98
Review questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1OO
Summary . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..101

Module 4: Gas well performance


Learning objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..103
Lesson 1: Compositional fluid modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..103
Multiflash in the compositional fluid mode (native) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..104
Multiflash MFL files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..104
Equations of State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..105
Exercise 1: Create a compositional fluid model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..11O
Lesson 2: Gas well deliverability . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..115
Exercise 1: Calculate gas well deliverability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..117
Exercise 2: Calibrate the inflow model using multipoint test data . . . . . . . 118
Lesson 3: Erosion prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 120
Exercise 1: Select a tubing size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 121
Lesson 4: Choke modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 123
Exercise 1: Model a flowline and choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 125
Exercise 2: Predict future production rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 129

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Lesson 5: Liquid loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 130
Turner droplet model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Exercise 1: Determine a critical gas rate to prevent well loading . . . . . . . . 132
Review questions . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Module 5: Horizontal well design


Learning objectives . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 139
Lesson 1: Inflow performance for horizontal completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Exercise 1: Horizontal well performance . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . 142
Review questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Module 6: Subsea tieback design


Learning objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Lesson 1: Flow assurance considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Exercise 1; Size the subsea tieback and riser . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Lesson 2: Hydrates . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Hydrate mitigation strategies in PIPESIM . . . , . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Exercise 1: Select tieback insulation thickness , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . 164
Exercise 2: Determine the methanol requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Lesson 3: Severe riser slugging . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . , . . 171
Exercise 1: Screen for severe riser slugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Lesson 4: Slug catcher sizing . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Hydrodynamic slugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . 174
Pigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Ramp-up . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . 176
Evaluation of each scenario . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 177
Exercise 1: Size a slug catcher , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Review questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 181

Module 7: Looped gas gathering network


Learning objectives . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 183
Lesson 1: Model a gathering network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Solution criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 184
Exercise 1: Model a pipeline network . . . . . . . . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Exercise 2: Screen the network for erosion issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Review questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Summary . . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . 198

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 lll


Module 8: Simple network model on the GIS map
Learning objectives , . . . . . . , . . ,.. ....... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..202
Lesson 1: Pipeline modeling . . . .. . .. ... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..202
Exercise 1: Build the network model on a map , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..202
Review question . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... , ,...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..217
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ,.. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..217

Appendix A: PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key


Module 2: Simple pipeline tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..219
Lesson 1: Single-phase flow calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..219
Module 3: Oil well performance analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22O
Lesson 1: Nodal analysis . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22O
Lesson 2: Pressure/temperature profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22O
Lesson 3: Black oil fluid calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22O
Lesson 4: Inflow performance matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..221
Lesson 5: Well performance analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..221
Lesson 6: Artificial lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..221
Lesson 7: Downhole chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..222
Module 4: Gas well performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..223
Lesson 2: Gas well deliverability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..223
Lesson 3: Erosion prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..224
Lesson 4: Choke modeling . . . . . . . . . . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..224
Lesson 5: Liquid loading , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..225
Module 5: Horizontal well design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..225
Lesson 1: Inflow performance for horizontal completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Module 6: Subsea tieback design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 226
Lesson 1: Flow assurance considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 226
Lesson 2: Hydrates . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 226
Lesson 3: Severe riser slugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 227
Lesson 4: Slug catcher sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 227
Module 7: Looped gas gathering network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..228
Lesson 1: Model a gathering network , . . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 228
Module 8: Simple network model on the GIS map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 228
Lesson 1: Pipeline modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 228

IV PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger About this Manual

About this manual


This training provides an introduction to the PlPESlM* software
application. PIPESIM is a production engineering technology that
covers a wide range of applications relevant to the oil and gas
industry.
Workflows featured in this training manual include well
performance, fluid modeling, flow assurance, and network
simulation.

Learning objectives
After completing this training, you will know how to:
- build a well or pipeline model
- define a black oil or compositional fluid model
- build a network model
- perform simulation operations and analyze the results

What you need W

In this training, you need the following documents, hardware, and


software:
- PIPESIM 2014.1
- A computer that meets the hardware/software requirements
defined in the installation guide.
- Appropriate licenses for the PIPESIM modules to be used

PlPESlM Fundamentals, version 2014 1


About this Manual Schlumberger

What to expect
In each module in this training material, you encounter the
following:
- Overview of the module
- Prerequisites to the module (if necessary)
- Learning objectives
- A workflow component (if applicable)
- Lessons, that explain a subject or an activity in the workflow
~ Procedures, that show the steps needed to perform a task
- Exercises, that allow you to practice a task by using the steps
in the procedure with a dataset
- Scenario-based exercises
~ Questions about the module
- Summary of the module.
You also encounter notes, tips and best practices.

2 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger About this Manual

Course conventions
Content in this manual uses the following conventions.

Characters in Bold Names of windows, dialog boxes,


menus and tabs, such as “the Open
Asset Model dialog box."
Keyboard commands and action
buttons, such as "click OK,"
Names of tools and icons, such as
“Query tool“
Schlumberger software application
names, such as PetreI*, Techlog*, or
ECLlPSE*
Characters in italics Names of files, directories and drive
navigation paths, such as “the
sample. dat file.”
Names of sections and areas in
windows and dialog boxes, such as
“Experiments area”
First use of important terms or
concepts, such as compositional
simulation or “Safe mode is used
when..."
Characters in fixed— Code, data, and other literal text the
width user sees or enters, such as "Enter
O . 732 3.”

Characters in Times Italic Names 07 °Pti0"$, fUnCti0l1$,


processes, lists, columns, check
boxes and option buttons.
For example, choose a calculation
method from the Ca/c Method list.

NOTE: Text you must enter is indicated in a fixed-width font or a 0


fixed-width font inside triangle brackets. Do not include
the brackets when you enter the required information.

Instructions to make menu selections are written using bold text


and arrows indicating the selection sequence, such as “Select File
> Save."

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 3


About this Manual Schlumberger

Icons
Throughout this manual, you find icons in the margin representing
various kinds of information. These icons serve as at-a-glance
reminders of their associated text. See below for descriptions of
what each icon means.

".¢“~.

O
Tips Notes Best practices
This icon points you to a tip This icon indcates that the This icon indcates the best
that will make your work following infomiation is way to perfomi a gven
easier. particularly important. task when dfferent options
are available.

6
.*r
!
Wanings Questions Lessons
This icon indcates when This icon identifies the Tris icon identifies a
you need to proceed with questions at the end of lesson, which covers a
extreme caution. each lesson. particular topic.

/fis
pi.
1 -
\
Procedures Exercise Review questions

This icon identifies the This icon indcates that its This icon identifies the
steps required to perform a your tum to practice the review questions at the
g'ven task. procedure. end of each module.

J \ \__._i/

B \ /=3»77’\ /—Ffi
Prerequisites Leaming objectives What you need
This icon identifies any This icon identifies any Tris icon indcates any
prerequsites mat are leaming objectives set out appications. hardware.
required for the course, or for the course, or for the data sets. or other material
for incivrdual modules. current module. required for the course
,1 ‘\ J \__.i'/

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger About this Manual

Summary
In this introduction, we:
- defined the learning objectives
- outlined what tools you need for this training
- discussed course conventions that you encounter in this
material

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 5


About this Manual Schlumberger

NOTES

6 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM introduction

Module 1 PIPESIM introduction


This module introduces PIPESIM 2014 and describes the
graphical user interface (GUI) to familiarize you with the
application environment.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will be familiar with:
- separately licensed modules available in PIPESIM
- how to navigate the user interface
- the simulation tasks you can perform using PIPESIM

Lesson 1 Introduction
PIPESIM is a steady-state multiphase flow simulator used for the
E
design and analysis of oil and gas production systems. With its
rigorous simulation algorithms, PIPESIM helps you optimize your
production and injection operations. As shown in Figure 1,
PIPESIM models multiphase flow from the resen/oirthrough to the
surface facilities to enable comprehensive production (and
injection) system analysis.
PIPESIM is most often used by reservoir, production, and facilities
engineers. PIPESIM can be used to model well performance,
conduct nodal (systems) analysis, design artificial lift systems,
model pipeline networks and facilities, analyze field development
plans, and optimize production.
NOTE: Steady-state flow simulation implies that the mass flow
rate is conserved throughout the system. There is no
accumulation of mass in any component in the system.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

Figure 1 Total production system

1 Reservoir Separator
2 Completion Comp TGSSOT
3 Tubing Pump
4 Safety valve Export lines
5 Choke Gas
6 Flowline Oil
7 Riser

8 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM introduction

PIPESIM modules are available and licensed individually,


depending on your needs:

Base System Production system analysis core package


for well modeling, NODAL analysis,
artificial lift design, single-branch pipelinel
process facilities modeling
Network Analysis Optional add-on to PIPESIM to model
(NET) pipeline networks and conduct field
development studies.
ECLIPSE 300 Optional add-on to PIPESIM to model
Flash Package compositional fluids using the ECLIPSE
300 flash package
GERG Flash Optional add-on to PIPESIM. The GERG-
Package 2008 Equation of State is an advanced
and highly accurate method used to
model gas compositions, particularly
compositions rich in CO2.
Multiflash Optional add-on to PIPESIM for
Package compositional fluid modeling using
Multiflash (a third-party Flash package by
KBC). This package enables fluid
modeling and advanced flow assurance
analyses.
Multiflash Optional add-on to Multiflash package to
Hydrates enable the calculation of hydrate
dissociation conditions
Multiflash CSMA Optional add-on to Multiflash package to
EOS expose the CSMA Equation of State
Multiflash Optional add-on to Multiflash package
Package Linux for Linux operating systems
Engine
Linux Used only with Avocet IAM when
Computation ECLIPSE Parallel is run on a Linux
Engines cluster
PIPESIM OLGAS Steady-state version of the 2-phase
Steady State Flow mechanistic Multiphase flow model used
Model: 2-Phase with the OLGA transient simulator

PIPESIM Fundamentals, version 2014


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

PIPESIM OLGAS Steady-state version of 3-phase


Steady State Flow mechanistic Multiphase flow model used
Model: 3-Phase with the OLGA transient simulator
(includes 2-phase option).
PIPESIM LEDA Steady-state version of 2-phase
Flow Model: mechanistic Multiphase Flow model from
2-Phase Kongsberg (third-party), developers ofthe
LedaFlow transient simulator
PIPESIM LEDA Steady-state version of 3-phase
Flow Model: mechanistic Multiphase Flow Model from
3-Phase Kongsberg (third-party), developers ofthe
LedaFlow transient simulator (includes 2-
phase option)

10 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM introduction

Lesson 2 Tour of the user interface 6


The PIPESIM user interface allows you to construct well and
network models in a single environment.
Launch PIPESIM from the Start menu by selecting All Programs
> Schlumberger > PIPESIM 2014.1 32-bit (or 64-bit) > PIPESIM
2014.1 32-bit (or 64-bit).
You can create a new network-centric workspace by selecting
New in the Network area. A workspace is a concept introduced in
PIPESIM 2013; it is the environment where all the modeling
scenarios can be built and evaluated.
The PIPESIM interface (Figure 2), consists of a main window,
where a model is constructed, surrounded by Inputs, Tasks, and
Status (Message center and Validation) panes where most
functionality is controlled using a typical ribbon toolbar.
h Q; 3 - WTWHPW W ’ ””j”””" M _ -
- _ (D V 0
N GP: A &I: iii
" '7' ' V Q.-_; .;-It flu I r E '

».:_=-, ;-_1 6 7 +

3,;i._z.
G
-».
D

@
©

“' S A

‘‘ ' Q o-mm sw, Comm Ma“;

Figure 2 PIPESIM GUI

1 Ribbon toolbar 4 Tasks pane


2 Main window 5 Message centerpane
3 Inputs pane

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 11


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

The layout of the panes can be controlled by choosing one of the


predefined configurations from the Layout control on the Home
tab (Figure 3).
WQJ I
-1 0
N ti F 1 0 e =- I n-
It...»
I‘
~
4 ¢
-1 o 0
e
-; .
0 0 0
s
i _ 0to’

‘mu-r .- 9--9 TE‘


Iniukw int <.~ -._,

Figure 3 Predefined pane configurations: Inputs pane (upper


left), Tasks pane (lower left), Message center pane
(bottom)

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PlPESlM introduction

To move panes manually, even outside the main PIPESIM


window, drag the a pane or select the Float option (Figure 4).
I
Q 3, jl = "l?ii‘t'C3tI'-Eli
~;»:t<& ;i.sz=' >3;--s:

Q @ £ 0 ixtifii Q Q @
SDJCB Si-it Wei Jurctor Oak: Chem ‘no erase ""ee ocase Gece/c
.'BV€ 5e0a'ato' seoa'a:c- or:
Boundary nodes

isms
_ :Study1 - ‘ + Wells,
E Wells
Q Sources
'asks El“
"I-=*=*=-i= 9'7
Network simulation Float Q »
@ Sinks P,/T profile
T Connections
Nodal analysis
. JUHCIIOHS System analysis _ ~e
E Equipment
VFP tables
Q FILHGS ESP design

Message center Q VZ|idBIlQr\

Figure 4 Inputs pane (left) using the Float view option

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

To reposition a pane anywhere in the PIPESIM window, drag the


pane using the direction arrow prompts that appear (Figure 5).
It Q 3 Ql : wavy! roots |NP‘W\\fl1l‘C<\i> v Willi‘ _ El x
=owr .9i
’~:=m- -‘:<r<7e<'ewseigu;x _ _ /Mmeimes
Qjswe.-i zerreset 1 cvv-=<w~<we<= Drew-cw W
-(ems. Iov“
,,-_ - zvrcveme 5 G, "is
_ N .
, e,,.‘..,,m.,. "1
.__ .___:_°_‘:’.'1'2*2_L___ _ . 5"‘ __ 2 5"‘°""‘_"“ vi--vi
SI\Adl£$I ~ ~ sway 1 ....*+w,",.... .»»+

E Weir:
_
Q $0\|i(e§
O Sim
f Covwecficvm
O l\|l\€\!O'\S
D E:|i4ipm¢'il
Q =1“-at

S I - >
' amen: miiisiimi
wt profile
Nodal 1-uiym
System map;
i/FF 11546

es» fltSa§\

:l Me»-gs (HIE! Q vs-mm

Figure 5 Position a pane

14 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM introduction

Most ribbon controls have tooltip descriptions that appear


(Figure 6). Explore the options on all the tabs so you will become
familiar with the breadth of functionality in PIPESIM. The training
in this manual uses most of the controls.
Ili;l:_ai=
-i
to -i F
_ - \> :e-5* -=
D N
e'<or"e _ _ Fr< .:,,— .5-
s. Y"i-at». 1 Q
’>g<< mange’ 5;; . "att
rec >:re' re-N‘: Eels:
l E .-»< 4 =~ .1).-~> c':io\
>t.a.== .
=¢i.@,- : ~ + war; *1
‘ , L}

,_ T " : _
1 at-5 ‘K - * '
a smite
G '>»\xs
1} {.¢"\(C‘lQf-5
O .ui\;: :'"s
-D E1uir"="‘
. Flu 1-

Figure 6 Tooltip example

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 15


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

6 Lesson3 Tasks
There are many tasks you can launch from the Tasks pane:
Network simulation, P/T profile, Nodal analysis, System analysis,
VFP tables, and ESP design (Figure 7).
|
Q ;Q_ Qt = ~i:"wo<=>.i<‘ooi_<
WO areal"
a _E —OWE I ~ tSi-"' FORMA '
1 PT j re P
N >"il'sB\'Z%i=Z§%<>a“ ~!3"=i 6
=’e'soe<tve
kg»
Nletwork
~—(:)
=i'T
>
Neda Systeir‘ VFP
>
ESP
r @ I W
S-rm-atior Flowline Zone F.iid
- S'F‘.1lEit'OP profile 8T13l)'S‘S analysis tabies des.gr* settings 'Y\E\"8QE' rcecager r'*ar‘agei'
'a9cs Data

Studies: T » Studyl - : W ‘ + was ~ Well ~

- § Wells (1) "H.


-§fi'uT=u '
' Q Sources (1)
Q Source
~ @ Sinks (2)
- T Connections (8)

" . Junctions [ll


' Q Equipment [-'1)
- ‘ Fluids ll)

T$_“___ _‘ ~___ Mi" _ ____ _ V 1


:~ Network simulation
Q Prr profile
E: Nodal analysis
E System analysis
% vFi> tables
'39 ssv design

Figure 7 Task options

16 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM introduction

Network simulation
PIPESIM solves the source to sink (beginning to end) of a piping
network for pressure, flow rate, and temperature.

Pressure/Temperature profile
PIPESIM generates pressure and temperature profiles of the
system as a function of distance/elevation along the system. Both
temperature and pressure profiles are generated on a node-by-
node basis for the system.

Nodal analysis
A common way to analyze well performance is through a Nodal
Analysis plot, which allows you to visually assess the impact of
various system components.
This is done by splitting the system at the point of interest, known
as the Nodal analysis point, and graphically representing the
system response upstream (inflow) and downstream (outflow) of
the nodal point.
The point at which the inflow and outflow cun/es intersect is the
operating point for the given system, as shown in Figure 8.

P" ~ ~ inflow
~ \ Outflow
i

Pwf .M" "_ ;\


W9‘/
/ \
\ \
/
/ _-4
\\ ,
i
\
L
U
5 -:*_

i i
4- _

Flow rate
Figure 8 Nodal analysis lnflowlOutflow curves

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

System analysis
The system analysis task enables you to determine the
performance of a given system for varying operating conditions on
a case-by-case basis. The results of the system analysis appear
in the form of plots of a dependent variable, such as outlet
pressure, versus an independent variable, such as flow rate.
Families of X-Y curves can be generated by varying a single
sensitivity variable (such as water cut) or by applying
permutations and combinations of a group of sensitivity variables.
The ability to perform analysis by combining sensitivity variables
in different ways makes the system analysis task a flexible tool for
plotting data on a case-by-case basis. A simplified plot from a
system analysis task is shown in Figure 9.

; Water cut = 30%

PrOL
t reet
esst
Water cut iii)

Water cut I Q00/ti

Flow Rate

Figure 9 Typical system analysis plot

VFP tables
For the purposes of reservoir simulation, it is often necessary to
generate vertical flow performance (VFP) curves for input to a
reservoir simulator. The VFP curves allow the reservoir simulator
to determine bottomhole flowing pressures as a function of tubing
head pressure, flow rate, GOR, water cut, and various artificial lift
variables.
The VFP tables task allows you to write tabular performance data
to a file for input into a reservoir simulation model.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM introduction

Currently, these reservoir simulators are supported:


- ECLIPSE
- PORES
- VIP
- COMP4
- MoReS (Shell Oil in-house reservoir simulator).

ESP design
This task allows you to specify target conditions for the ESP
design, select the ESP from a catalog of pumps that are ranked
based on efficiency at the specified design conditions, design the
pump, and install it in the well. The task also allows you to design
and install multiple (tandem) ESPs in a single well.

Review question
What simulation tasks are available in PIPESIM?
a9
Summary
In this module, you learned about:
- individually licensed modules available in PIPESIM
- navigating the user interface
- the simulation tasks you can perform using PIPESIM

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 19


PIPESIM introduction Schlumberger

NOTES

20 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

Module 2 Simple pipeline tutorials


This module discusses how PIPESIM can model pipelines by
performing a simple hand calculation to determine the pressure
drop in a water pipeline, then constructing a simple pipeline model
to validate pressure drop along a horizontal pipeline for a given
inlet pressure and flow rate.
You also run sensitivity studies on the model.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- build the physical model
- create a fluid model
- choose flow correlations

\\
~ perform operations
- view and analyze results

Lesson 1 Single-phase flow calculations


Consider the case of a pipeline transporting water (Figure 10).

Z//
/

/_\ _ - - . . . __
I
~. ‘<1 r 9 i ;
he X LE

Figure 10 Pipeline transporting water

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 21


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

The pressure change per distance L for single phase flow is given
by Bernoulli's equation:

id till (fl (fl


dL ioml : I1'It'/mm!/+ t’/t'\'4llllYllll/+

The accelerational term is normally negligible except for low


tit:-elm:/itiiml

pressure and high velocity gas flow, although PIPESIM always


calculates it.
Assuming the accelerational term to be zero for your hand
calculation, the pressure gradient equation becomes:

at Zgd
where:

p = fluid density (lbm/ft3)


g = gravitational constant
f = Moody friction factor
v = fluid velocity (ft/s)
d = pipe inside diameter (ft).

22 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

Exercise 1 Model a water pipeline with hand


calculations
Use the data in the table and assume the flow is isothermal.
Perform hand calculations to determine the delivery pressure of
the pipeline using single-phase flow theory.
NOTE: You must have a hand calculator or spreadsheet to
complete this exercise.

Pipeline data
Diameter d 3.068 in (= 0.26 ft)
Length L 20,025 ft
Elevation Z 1,000 ft
Change
Horizontal X 20,000 ft
distance
Ambient Tamb 60 degF
temperature
Inclination cl 2.862 deg (=.04996 radians)
angle
Roughness 6 0.0018 in
Relative dd 0.0005867 in
roughness
Fluid data
Water mw 1.2 Cr» (= 8.06e-4 lb/ft-s)
viscosity
Water density rw 63.7 lbm/ft?’
Operating data
Source Tinlet 60 degF
temperature
Inlet pressure Pin 1,200 psia
Water flow rate Qw 6,000 BPD (= 0.39 ft3/s)
Constants
Gravitational 9 32.2 ft/s2

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

TIP: To ensure unit consistency when performing the hand


calculations, refer to the converted units in the far right
‘J column of the table.

1. Calculate the water velocity.

v= Q,
/rd I
4 = fl.‘/s

2. Calculate the Reynold's number.

Re:/Ovd
‘Z Z

ls the flow laminar or turbulent? (See the Moody diagram in


Figure 11.)
3. Determine the friction factor using the Churchill equation for
turbulent flow.
a NOTE: Alternatively, you can look up the friction factor using
the Moody diagram (Figure 11).

I
,_=8(%)i2+ ]1i

A: 2.457171
+u.27(@/<1)’

R \3753tl|1°
_ R0
f:

24 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

Lafl'l'iaI flow CY"?! 1°"? T riuiei-1 tlo


0.08
l<1 DI '5 l<1 °' W l>l
0.07 \ iiitlll 'l|!!!!! Il|!!!!!
|| ____-___ ___ ll!!!!!!
___ ll!!!!!!
__
:-nniiii-Inliiii-ll||iiii_Il||iiii 0.0SElIl
0.04tIO
0%

0.05 |iiii.%i!lllIl aiiiiiii !!!lllll !!!lllll 00$]?


0.02010

YIA Y-I IQ£2


0.04 Q Q-IIII" W11 0.010(1)

ctor P O U) 7-:4 1'7‘ '/Ii -'1'. 1‘-E I. 0 EDSW


..-

roug1nesD
Fr
ctaion
0 .02 0.00100
‘A
il!§
OHDSO
I.
\\
[JIID10
mi iv”-.
0.01
Reynoids runner Re I ova ——----- ------~
I-|
000s 0.111111
1000 _-n 100,0001,000,000 10,000,000 100,000 J11!

Figure 11 Moody diagram

4. Evaluate the frictional pressure term,


2gd

[5 /riz-non
= psf/ft

Divide this by 144 to get psi/ft


Multiply by the given length of pipe, L, to get the total
frictional pressure drop:

dp = _i_ psi

5. Evaluate the elevational pressure term P Sm 9 .


NOTE: If you are using Excel, be sure the angle is .0;
expressed in radians.

(6 elerulimml = ii

Divide this by 144 to get psi/ft

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

Multiply by the given length of pipe, L, to get the total


elevational pressure drop

psi
6. Add the frictional and elevational terms to determine the total
pressure term:

@'_1i - dfi . £1?
dL 0/L d1.
id
dL = psi/ft

Multiply by the given length of pipe, L, to get the total


pressure drop

dplllltli : 4-4

7. Calculate the outlet pressure given the inlet pressure:


Poul : Pm ' dpimi = ii ps!a

i NOTE: There are two levels available in PIPESIM for units


customization:
1) Global Unit System: Select the default global unit
system under Workspace > Options. The units
selected here are used for every new workspace
created.

2) Local Unit System: For specific workspaces, you


can use a local unit system that is different from the
default global units. Select Home > Units and
choose your preferred local unit system from the
options list. These units are saved with the
workspace and preserved each time you reopen the
workspace.

26 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Sim pie pipeline tutorials

Exercise 2 Build the water pipeline model with 1/\-

PIPESIM
In this exercise, you use PIPESIM to model the water pipeline that
was hand calculated in the previous exercise. You define
parameters for each component in the model, perform operations,
view and analyze the results, and compare PIPESIM results to
your hand calculations.
1 . Start PIPESIM.
2 . On the Workspace tab, choose Options.
3 . Select Field for the Default unit system.
4 . Click Close to close the window.
NOTE: None of the units supplied by the system are user O
configurable. Click Clone to begin creating a user-
customizable unit system.

l m ::.*:: E X

l
V
Plugins

Advanced
Default unit system:
Description:
Field
PIPESIM Field Unit System
Reference base name: Canonical
Catalog M
easurements:
GIS map Unfit}
A Name
jLj API Oil Gravity dAPI
2 Absolute Roughness in
3 Area ft2
1 4 Azimuth deg
E Back Prssure Equation mrnscf/d/psi2n
‘ 6 Choke Size in
7 Compressibility 1/psi
8 Compressor Head (ft.lbf),’lbm
!
‘ 10 i
u Corrosion Rate 0.001 in,-’a
lbm_/ft3

5. Return to the Workspace tab.


6 . Under Network, select New to create a new, network-centric
workspace.
7 . On the Insert tab, click Source.
8. Click the network diagram to place it.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 27


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

9. The red highlight around the icon indicates that some


required setup data for the source is missing.
Double-click the icon to open its edit window.
10. Rename the source MySource.
11. Enter a temperature of 60 degF and click Close.
gig; an

leegaae go to to to to
Ne, __. .\. ,»1~¢» --. P : -1‘ Ylffisw -~»>-9» 1»:
= - »<>»=--= Pu.>'2'/:' .. — 1 -.~e¢u@ =..—»,-<,,-
~ ~» ‘ac/‘
'cJ:r"'
gotie *0 to \==-we
. . » . -.
ac" .b.~¢-at K..:r'v"“
cw~.~=- :_\l ~ =1, ~|'.\<!l
><~~~
as, m~ new qr. "odes "'\-<<'u: m»-4;
Studies sun, . + wt; +

ifwu
..._.- _.... .
=§w<="I‘ ' i;~'T<"
G
1? ""5""
jlntvioulce
\n\|RlI
‘ Nu" V um
‘K sw: . Afllva .
Zo't"Q(‘v5n1i.
Eh W ‘l trill
V ,
Mm
Q MN,‘ ‘ Q Nngloballluflsrvllabll +N¢»~..
K4 .
'5 =““'P"'"' 1 ~ FRI “war 1-.~-.wv~'r rm Ni \F:1 1-~<r tr-~~~
a .Q..~=

.
IEFIIESIM Q Close

12. The Source icon is still highlighted in red, indicating there is


more data required. To view the list of missing data, click the
Validation tab at the bottom of the PIPESIM window.
.0\ NOTE: This tab is the default location, but the position is
user configurable.

Coma! .
‘ 1 = K2 The equipment must be m»¢<1¢a to another or-»,=<1
l _2_ r(e¢ ti in Nomsomted mm

28 PlPESlM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

13. You can click the link in the second row to go to the location
where a fluid can be created for this object.
NOTE: Alternatively, you can define the fluid model in the 0 .
Source you created or from the Fluid Manager on
the Home tab. The Fluid Manager is a single,
central location where fluids can be created, viewed,
and edited in the model.

14. From the Home tab, select Black oil from the Fluidmanager
options list. (Black oil is the default)..) This option launches
the Fluid manager dialog box.
15. When the Fluid manager window appears:
a. To add a row, click the green + sign.
b. Select Water as the fluid Template by choosing it from the
options list.
c. Click OK to create the fluid.
Q r.=-.4r "I xl‘
Temple: Hater V -

lflrmsru 9 L A-( QK _ Xiancel

16. Double-click the new line to display the Fluid editor dialog
box.
17. To match the entries in the figure, edit the fields.
l1‘ _ . _. _
E X

1 rturo fr _
1 Namfi I W3" +\/eastemplate
Description:
l Prcpertia Viscosrty Calibration Thermal

~i<. i.kf\k no F'EE?it\ N l -\ T n ,, i


l
Watercut ' : 100 “Q CO2 fraction
GLR ' : 0 SCF STB HZS fraction
’ Gas specific gravity: 0.6636 N2 fraction
Water specific gravity: 1 U2 H2 fraction
l API - = 30 dAPl CO fraction _>t_)&LJ@

l
‘HFIPESIM J Close l‘

18. Close the fluid editor.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 29


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

19. On the Fluid mapping tab of the Fluid manager window,


associate the new Water fluid with the source that was
created earlier.
‘ .

.5 in

Z Current szledlan
war Source Fluid » . 'd:...Ga5ratin\ype Gasmiu Gasratieunit Wnermiotype Waturafio Watumiounit
X MySou!ce _ ' ,' i V ‘ I

20. Close the Fluid manager.


21. Click the Insert tab.
22. Add a Sink to the network diagram and rename it MySink.
23. Draw a flowline between the source and the sink.
a. Click Flowline on the Insert tab ribbon.
b. Move the cursor towards the source and drop it on the
source only when the red X cursor changes to a black
check mark.
0 NOTE: The pointer has an accompanying small X in a red
circle until it reaches the source, at which point the X
turns to a check mark in a black circle. This is the
signal that the pointer is positioned correctly to attach
to this object. These signals apply at the starting object
where the connector, flowline, or riser is anchored and
at the terminal object to be connected.

The result should match the figure.

. = . .4 = Jse
x st <2;-.~.i<:'os ecu ornert :>o "t
Cobra-:f crs Overs

Z'—'>*>*>
\~
/v \~
My Sou! F |_ \ M‘/517*

‘Q ¢ @>

30 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

24. To launch the Flowline editor, double-click the flowline.


25. Enter the flowline data shown in the figure.
NOTE: An easy way to populate Pipe data is using the .0
Flowline catalog. Click L-all to select the desired
flowline based on the lD, OD, WT, and roughness.

‘:2 531' I. :1 x
l FLOWLINE
5 Name: FL
1 Active: -/‘
l
i Mode: I Sirnple Detailed
l Environment ° Land Subsea

Ovemde global environmental data:

mt pa‘ A “,5
, 5‘ side diameter: 3.068 in gm I,
‘ Wall thicknas ' : 0.216 in ' 53; 5
Z oughness: 0.0018 in - "QC 2

PRi.'iF§ttlTA‘A
\a 531
nfl “
5
1:
“C 531
Rate of undulations (1,-1000).: 0 3
&-1 JJ
Horizontal distance ' : 20000 ft - [€V3'O y
33.1 A
i Elevation difference; 1000 ft ' K
Jfiapa
I Flowline starts at: M'ySource [g '

l -_¢\N-. -i§nrtR;iN§»ir" ‘ 1
. 5352 1333-3 153.72 ZSCCQ
U Value type User supplied
Horizontal distance (ft)
Heat transfer ceefficien 0 Btu¢'(h.degF.ft2]
‘ Inside film coefficient I Include Calculate separately A

;fli>ii>r$iui 0

NOTE: The heat transfer coefficient is set to 0 to represent 0


an insulated (isothermal) pipe and to ignore
temperature changes for this simple example case.
In practical situations, the heat transfer coefficient is
always a positive value.
26. Click Close to exit the Flowline editor.
27. On the Home tab, select Simulation settings. The Flow
correlations tab is now active.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 31


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

28. For this model, an all water fluid, the only correlation to set is
for Single phase. Select the Moody correlation.
la i my u x
1 F|0W<0"E|BiIOr\s Heattransfei Erosion/Corrosion Environmental Outputvanables Advanced
l 'Usegloba| Uselocal
‘ .*&F;il'>i lll?\N'i'v'llli'lPHA'\t
1 Source Bakerlardine
‘ Correlation: Hagedom BL Brown
Friction factor: 1
Holdup factor. 1

, »~= Kl! Nl-\i wtvii !\,‘lIlYlF'Hl\\r


{ Source Baker Jardine
‘ Correlation: Beggs St Brill Revised
Friction factor. 1
Holdupfacton 1

t-‘P71 H'*RY7"Y~‘T»'il <\'-‘AP AN vi?


Swap angle: 45 deg '
zryuiir 1 Pena:
Correlation: Moody '

%mPTPESlM Q . J Close ,

29. Click Close to exit the Simulation settings dialog box.


.0 NOTE: It is not critical for you to perform the steps in this
exercise in the sequence shown. You could, for
example, create the entire model before creating the
fluid.

32 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

Exercise 3 Run the model W‘-


Now that you have created the model, you can perform the if
necessary calculations.
1. To activate all the possible tasks that can be run for the
selected object, click MySource then click P/T profile on the
Home tab.
TIP: You can select the P/T profile task from the Tasks
pane.
U

The Pressure/Temperature Profile task is used to model the


distribution of pressure, temperature, and other parameters
along the flow path.
mlgijl:

N =~";Y¢:e*:>@";#
Pe’£3eC a2
'
‘JET-\<>"<
5 *2 2' 2
9 '
om’ e
.:ca S,stev" vi:
ca ,5 s ace _-s 5 taoies
o r=- 4 e -
S f".A at G7‘ “Om '"e
set‘. "gs
Zone : _. C
manage "rage: "rage '
Eli
*2:
Xi-‘man
sac?‘ a‘ c
"es-<5 Data rarer am. e .i
SL4dlES- Study 1 " \ + Wells, +

M_
MW g
5 We-'5 F F‘ F '
O Sources .;,
Q MySource
@> s ~i<_= <1
C M c ' L
‘C 0:? ml ‘ Ft MY5““‘
Q LH1'1lC~"5 —. ’ G.
§ EQUlpt‘1€"
Q Fluids iii

NOTE: The Pressure Temperature Profile task requires you 0


to designate a calculated variable and specify all
other variables. Generally, two variable specifications
are required out of the options (rate, inlet pressure,
and outlet pressure), while the third is calculated. You
can specify all three variables and a fourth variable
can be calculated, for example, choke size.

2. Designate Outlet pressure as the Calculated variable.


3. Enter values fOf the Inletpressure and Liquidflow rate, 88 Sh0Wfl
in the figure.

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014 33


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

4. Set Pressure vs. total distance as the Default profile plot.


B C X

Name: Mi/Source — P 1 profile


Dscnption:

PiTpmlile Systsnresuits Profilensults oulpl-Riummlry Outputdetails


4 H! R ,= i 1A‘(‘HArPhvP‘RlAR‘F
Branch start: Mysom, Inlet pressure mo psi
Branch end: M/Sink . - Outlet pressure

Custom

tN\lllVl'Y \ 4

4
LL
.e‘~
.__

QOPT;
E.
i 1

'
pg;.

9 Reset boundary conditions

mmrsrui Q Jcim

5. Click Run to start the simulation.

34 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

6. On the System results and Profile results tabs, switch


between Show grid and Show plot to view the tabular and
graphical results. All PIPESIM calculation results can be
viewed here. ‘
J"
m mmmmmm= - P ' iiiiile
"5Gfirlmiin
-iwar. EHgIV\e<wls4:4e Qzxtrmlrwlz Profilerezulh °\l!pu\',umm|lv Emu @-
She». QHQ - Show plot
éi . rITan1ri|e:llySnI:e—P/Inluflle

Inul nnlzxelm

D
Run

Q HPISIM Q4

NOTE: The PIPESIM output reports (Summary and Detailed) O


are not displayed by default as part of the simulation
results. To display these reports, go to Workspace >
Options > Advanced. Under Result Display
Options, select the box Show engine outputfiles.
Re-run the simulation task. The reports display as
additional tabs in the task window. To save the reports,
right-click the report and select Save as.

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

7. You can configure all aspects of the plot by double-clicking


anywhere on the plot to display the dialog box shown in the
figure.

TIP: To display the plot data in tabular format, click the j


J icon in the lower right corner.

ls. - x

Name /',‘S0u' e ‘are D 1 X


'\..~.><< V om
Y J Chm Mnvw
9'T|:rofiie E'\Q"le(C'l§O<e Svs eniresuts Mina e<iJ\ <' dew! \ee(tE<‘"r>"‘Xax< oac<a'\<e I
note wallet ax “ 84 \ e ~<
>'i0\\ qia - Show :>iOI (gym Adatc e \ 11 C) W mm” no q Des“?
I Case 1 nnttnn‘ X—axi< Total dirranc ave g s ( 3 Q§§uf¢
1 Out|eiPressuie=1461 . rel!‘/:3!-< =-i.=<<r.»\ 1 esv 0 amvdtvq
-:3: / CSem-< OIIIIPI war
seet Roi! air ‘\lue
_;;; Rinni am
>e et Castor“ i ax ‘lone
111510’?! \ 3Xi$
> ..
on e e J 1‘ I‘ rul
Pos one are

n
‘Bane 3 7 O’-'.\l"e ‘-"/Souire - 9’ p o
QOI om x 1! a "I5f8’\(€ :1
mmim rt ~ “ass:
Ron a¥<
t.iio'n ax

DPIPESIM Q ~/ Close

Run

Q PIPESIM Q J Close

8. To display the various system and profile variables to


complete the table that follows, configure the plot and grid
views.
9. The liquid velocity and outlet pressure at the sink are
relatively straightfon/vard to retrieve from the plot or the grid
view of the Profile results.
O. To display the pressure drops:.
a. Click the System Results tab.
b. Set the Show Grid option.
c. Set the Branch display mode.
d. Click the Select Columns button.
e. Select Total Elevation Pressure Drop.

36 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

f. Select Total Frictional Pressure Drop.


R
Mm mass.“ vv (bk
waster.“
vrwem z»9|»=;»-ms 9.11:»-mats Pldzkrsnlu Ovlannmmmzn o {pvt in l
9
;n¢...¢ Sh cl
.. W
m r.»
;| moat ‘l:Ir<
Dd a -r »
an ma (Blunwu
cm Sylrwflv or iluqrnnxomn iibrlltuufld svwn.-"ma Sflinsnouflel ST6ORn(cu0¢ 5TtII(U'Yl\-ans mm» VBt.Ele1D9 mrm on
; w- sq: are n use SYBia mmafl 1 >0 are —. rim P9 D6
5” umvmammzn D641 rmm -1 70132 sow 0 woo 0 o rw naosnsu uuam 5105991

NOTE: Profile results display as a function of distance along so


the flow path. To view minimum and maximum values
or net changes in values for the overall system, it is
much easier to view such results as System result
variables.

11 . Compare PIPESIM results to your hand calculations.

Results Hand calculation PIPESIM


Liquid Velocity (ft/s)
Apfrictional (P55)
Apelevational (P5i)
l Aptotal (psi)

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

.-7* Exercise 4 Analyze multiple scenarios with


sensitivities
In this exercise, you use the model from the previous exercise to
explore how it responds to different inlet temperatures.
1. In the PIT profile tab, modify the Sensitivity data section, as
shown in the figure.
TIP: The Range button allows you to define a series of
values for the selected sensitivity variable.
J
5 ~ : X
Name Mysw Y Q P T [2 clile
Des: lp\!Of\

P "F mettle System results Pro! la results Output sumrnarv Output dean;
:. i
a anch Slat!‘ Mysource We P'=“\"= 1200 p5
Branch Qfld M§.S|nlv ' Olfllfl i"=55\-"¢
Default profile p|O( Pressure vs total dl§‘\8l1CE [_|qu|d(|gw|a(Q - 5mg 575 q
Custom

Temperature -
RAnqe..
4 a=.:


2
2
tea
zm

~40vu~A

.
Reset bbundary condmons
§°
Ow“ ,.
mnrzsrm 0 J Close

2. Click Run to launch the P/T profile task for all the sensitivity
values.
3. Click the Profile results tab to view the plot.
By default, all the sensitivity plots are displayed because all
three rows in the Case section to the left of the plot are
highlighted.
- To display the cases, one at a time, click a single row.
- To redisplay all three cases, click in the cell to the left of
Case, as indicated in the figure.

38 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

NOTE: PIPESIM has a default setting to automatically


display a maximum of 20 cases simultaneously for
profile sensitivity plots. To change this setting, select
Workspace > Advanced > Result Display Options
> Max. auto-selected profile results.

R
.. \( .i,sw.. : wet--<
:~...,:m
nvymlm z»q.»¢<i=me Svfierwrl-son; >»s»»~st.ii, Omptnsummcn Gutpvtdruil:
Shcw gnu - Show plm

i
WitW Z5 !\!!§s§i1?°-v-1ly*;'i»-?5§“§£W”’
WNRHWF 9‘ Jmmfiw
rewmrtmsimgmmggaemmssgw
__ _ "EM9ERATlR2;EOFD\flflPr6wIQ=l§1§§
U
"Ii
"11
Hindi um-Q IN;-an»

§
s
r

l
l
l

\>~ 1
Iwtd 4.1-“ rm
%— 'sv>sR-‘F-iii :> we» <-.=se:£ M %— 'E'.i:§::.'.
_._-zt,=§>t-_= _t.,;».:_;; =1. W-” ~;,.:2:.'_

9
II! nnsiu

Notice that the highest inlet temperature (260 degF)


generates the lowest pressure drop. As the temperature
increases, these parameters change:
- Viscosity decreases
- Reynold's number increases
- Corresponding friction factor decreases
- Frictional pressure gradient is lower
In other words,
7 d
Ti » ;1l»R¢ = 1%! T» fl »

NOTE: For water, the effect of temperature on the density is


negligible because water is essentially an
incompressible fluid.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

i-7* Exercise 5 Model a single-phase gas pipeline


ln this exercise, you investigate the flow of a single phase gas
without changing the physical components of the model from the
previous exercise.
1. Launch the Fluid manager from the Home tab.
2. Create a new fluid using the Dry Gas template.
3. Edit the template to match the entries shown in the figure.
Q I x
Fluids Fluldmlpplng

H mm Gasritnlype GISIIIIO Gasmio unit Watzrrmo type Waterrlfio w-mmssumi Dfiulfiflli


,_1_,vi.,w ctr 7 o scrisna Wnemn 100 s
1 toss osn ~;u lsrri/wiscr -iwsa -l0 ‘TIBIMMSCF - l
Jl-_l
6 E X

..,,,,.
Nam! ye
as "mpiae
DCSCHDKIOH

Drowemes Vrszusm lalibratmn Thermal

"x'FNk~R =~r,'. ~> iimr ll F1 ii


I‘.GR 1 STB ‘MMSCF (02 rim-on
OGP : CI STBIMMSCF HZSfiact|un
@......,_ 30::
VKMQV specrfic gm‘/Ryf 1 ti: H2 rrmwn
Q91 455 HAPI ' CDHQCXIOI1 on

DHPESM 0 ~/ Close

lflrmsm O -/ Close .

40 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

4. The created fluid can be mapped on the Fluid mapping tab


of the Fluid manager. However, this time, associate the fluid
with the source by using the Edit dialog box of the source.

‘Q Edit ‘l'i.=l;.'Sci.iri.e El X

SOURCE
Name MySource
Active: J

FLUID MODEL

Fluid: I Gas - I ‘ Edit... + New...


Override phase ratios: '_

A PRESSURE/HOWRATE BDLINDARY CONDITIONS


PQ curve:
Pressure: psi '
Temperature 60 degF '
Liquid floiwrate ' STB.r'd '

liiirlrrflv 0

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 41


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

5. Re-run the P/T profile task for the updated temperature 8.


after reconfiguring it to use a Gas instead of Liquid flow rate,
as shown in the figures.
5 D x

Nam: MySource - P/T pfl7fI|¢


DESCFIPODH:

P/‘fprofile 5ys:emresu|ts Profllzrzsults Outputsummary Outputdetarls


am! R/\ l l'Al(|‘I »\\'E[‘i VARIABU
Branch sum MySource l'\l=* wswrs 1200 psi
Branch end: Myimk ' Qufln P'¢§5"'=
Default vfile Pr
pr PM: e“u'"s‘m!|dlmn(e - mmsd/yd
Custom
QFNSWIVYTV DAYA

MySource
Temperature r
Ranqe...

1‘20
‘ 2 l 100
3 I180
‘(Z60

~i+i~i»@
its
ll?

9 Rack boundary conditions

flnnsrui 0 J Close

it .
J7E \5vS<uI:z~V 1 ,.=n=
It-K'Wrv\
all {A911 E,,,,,,,{,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ».,.si..-<..|- K)\I§u\I4|PVIW\IIy u..|,..tm.lt
M... .s.......
.. 1&1
tnnnnins ...».....;
_ _ ._._.. . .

1
_2 YDPEllJ'|K;llY0\1¢Pvmvt=4Il.Ifi
'"-"'=-'~‘-"'"-"':

3 .§I
5

~ ;>>: 4:: ax: Q: 1»: _::: .<:: :0: um: .;=:


rum-p in»
—¢— Ttvesmmis no r Dxev :-am.-mrm cs: -— ~91-=5:--m-:= = Ore >*exww-‘!3J3§l ml —o— ~r~=s-rt-=r-iv ‘O.re em.-411 we m

lun

flnlislll 0 T/_cT5_

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

6. Only three sensitivity cases are plotted. Which case is not


plotted, and why not?
Review the output reports and information in the Message
center (usually located at the bottom of the PIPESIM
window) to understand why.
The 260 degF fails to run because the high temperature
results in a high pressure drop, which ultimately results in the
inability of the flow rate to be delivered to the sink because of
insufficient pressure. The Message center shows you the
status of the simulation and any errors or warnings.
‘;~~r-t;»<;~..,z.;r.-*.& :a;;..»:.r..-:—.¢;~.;~.-a.-.;;:;i._¢;:t.,.-:u¢t>;ca.;;@:aa=we;._. s. :.. V
‘Bu-ti 11*... Q,-»_ -a--, ° ---------»
flD|n*— any :=n-r thug:
. _Q:sa_<=it:.~ T... »,¢M. =1,» =.,~t.,w.w
; o:';;7.t'_§;u-:_=v ism. -»,~..-..,=1,a~ tt,-W-use
T < ».t.a~ttts~ ‘Rn >',4<\--1: .:....tt.~q .111 ...m..m..:.,.t,_a,..,..<-.M>
t _. .t..s..=t.=>=s ".0 .,,,.....t...,... ,_..w..,...stt -..>,.., M...-t-.....»M.ttL.,..s W
5 . =;_?‘.. SW M. vflu.-—,q—='Vwdk l:~=1;t>->-nm$m~»,~>s|>.<tzg4»nwrr.n
9; 3'

ln the example using water, the lowest temperature case


generated the highest pressure loss. When the fluid was switched
to gas in the model, the highest temperature case generated the
highest pressure loss. In the water case, increased viscosity with
lower temperature was the significant factor, while the density
remained constant between the temperature cases. However, gas
is a compressible fluid.
For example, gas density is described by the ideal gas law,
rearranged into the expression:
Z7.‘-I
‘Q5 = —
it

where:
rg = gas density
p = pressure
M = molecular Weight
: = gas compressibility factor
R = Ideal gas constant
T = temperature.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 43


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

In the all gas case, the highest inlet temperatures yield the highest
pressure drop. This is because, as the temperature increases, the
density decreases; this decrease results in a decrease in the
Reynold's number.
Correspondingly, the friction factor increases and, as a result, the
frictional pressure gradient is higher. ln other words,

TT»rgi»Re:fli»fT»Re:fi*
/1 /1

and because

ts dL it-it mm Zgd
The velocity increase because of gas expansion has an
exponential effect on the frictional pressure term. This effect
accounts for the increase in the frictional gradient along the
flowline and the curvature in the pressure profile plot.
I NOTE: The viscosity of the gas increases slightly with
increasing temperature, but this effect is small and does
little to offset the effects of decreasing density.

7‘ Exercise 6 Calculate gas pipeline flow


capacfly
Previously, the outlet pressure was calculated for a known inlet
pressure and flow rate. In this exercise, you specify the inlet and
outlet pressures and calculate the corresponding gas flow rate.
There are three key variables involved in P/T profile, Nodal
analysis, and System analysis tasks:
- Inlet pressure
- Outlet pressure
- Flow rate.

Two of these variables must be specified, and the third is


calculated. Some tasks allow you to specify all three variables, in
which case a matching variable, such as pump speed or choke
setting, must be set as the calculated variable.

44 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

PIPESIM generally performs calculations in the direction of flow.


When the outlet pressure is calculated, the solution is non-
iterative in that the outlet pressure is calculated during the first and
only pressure traverse calculation.
When outlet pressure is specified and inlet pressure or flow rate
is calculated, the process becomes iterative and successive
estimates of the calculated variable are supplied until the
calculated outlet pressure agrees with the specified pressure.
1. Reconfigure the PIT profile dialog box. Set Gasflow rate as
the Calculated variable with an Outlet pressure of 600 psia.
2. Highlight the cells in the Sensitivity data section and delete
the values from the previous exercise.
Q I x

Name: MySource- P-T prism.


Dscnpuon;

r>-"r pIO‘l|£ Engln: (flnsole System results Profile results Output summary Output dam
"silk R ill. _Lr1.—l

Branch mm MySource We P‘9§5“'E l20( psi


Blanch end: M)/Sink Outlet Pr=§=H'@ soo csl |
Default profile plot Pressure -rstctaldistance - I ' Gggflqwrgte
usrurri

\P@\|DIl§\|I~lD-*

+5

o Reset boundarv conditions


Run

flrmstui 0 ~/ Close

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 45


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

3. Re-run the task and observe the flow rate that this pipeline
can deliver under the specified conditions.
_R_

~ <, >4
e
v ' we've ;,,‘,,,,@,,,,,, Dwlilerrs we H'\|'F\I outs <1
om. 9 s l

1 Fto~v|re:1DTll6l mmma ,,"w,k_u”__“ MI”!

Ywlal flbhue tn:

D
Run

Q nrrsm 0 -/0.”.

4. Calculated Gas flow rate (mmscf/d)

Lesson 2 Multiphase flow calculations


3 While pressure losses for single-phase flow in pipes have long
been accurately modeled with familiar expressions such as the
Bernoulli equation, accurate predictions of pressure loss in two-
phase flow have proved to be more challenging because of added
complexities.
The lower density and viscosity of the gas phase causes it to flow
at a higher velocity relative to the liquid phase, a characteristic
known as slippage. This slippage results in frictional pressure
losses associated with shear stresses encountered at the gas/
liquid interface, as well as along the pipe wall. Additionally, the
highly compressible gas phase expands as the pressure
decreases along the flow path.
Further complicating matters are the variety of physical phase
distributions, termed flow regimes or flow patterns (Figure 12 and
Figure 13), that impact the pressure losses in the flow path.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

The prevailing flow pattern for a specific set of conditions depends


on the relative magnitude of the forces acting on the fluids.
Buoyancy, turbulence, inertia, and surface-tension forces are
greatly affected by the relative flow rates, viscosities, and
densities of the fluids, as well as the pipe diameter and inclination
angle. The complex dynamics of the flow pattern govern slippage
effects and, therefore, variations in liquid holdup and pressure
gradient.

Stratified Smooth

%,—_—:"_l—I—:’ *:“"'—T'—"__ g

as i
Stratified Wavy

Annular

o 0 O O O o
o o O 0 o 0 O
Disr>ersed.bubble .. . ..
Figure 12 Multiphase flow regimes for horizontal flow

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 47


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

L
“$9 J2, -p-

oz '?%-9 2
of-
O00
00° 00°O <2-" Q, O
O0 0°
Oo ' o
o°0‘:,u‘
“O50 0
°Ooo'°
zrl
so.->05»
eoooo o°o5,2,? 7"
ckfifg
O oaorg
036 0e.
o 0 O 90
l.".
t

000090 2*are; i:-1'
09° 0 . Oat)
0Q Q
QOOQ
00 l_.'_'-I
9‘*9
2 OQQOOO
O
89
OO 0000
cO LOO
)t

l
D
0

l
BUBBLE SLUG CHURN ANNULAR
FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW

Figure 13 Multiphase flow regimes for vertical flow

Many empirical correlations and mechanistic models have been


proposed to predict liquid holdup and pressure loss. (Refer to the
PIPESIM help system for details.)
Some correlations and models are general, while others apply
only to a narrow range of conditions. Many of these approaches
begin with a prediction of the flow pattern, with each flow pattern
having an associated method of predicting liquid holdup and
frictional pressure loss.
ln steady-state flow, the gas usually travels faster than the liquid,
so it slips past the liquid. For the volume flow rate to remain
constant, the area of the pipe occupied by the gas must shrink.
This condition gives rise to a higher liquid volume fraction than if
the gas traveled at the same velocity, resulting in liquid holdup, as
illustrated in Figure 14.

i1.=v.A. v.l A. l
"ll S|ln Sllll
' <2 a

ol=vlAl ii’ Vll Al I

Figure 14 Liquid Holdup

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

Liquid holdup is generally the most important parameter in


calculating pressure loss. Quantifying liquid holdup is necessary
to predict hydrate formation and wax deposition and to estimate
the liquid volume expelled during pigging operations for sizing
slug catchers. The liquid holdup prediction is used to determine a
two-phase friction factor from which a pressure gradient is
calculated.

Exercise 1 Model a multiphase pipeline ij\


The previous exercises explored single-phase flow of water and A 77
gas through a pipeline. In this exercise, you modify the existing
pipeline model and explore multiphase flow.
1. Use the Fluid Manager on the Home tab to create a
multiphase fluid with the properties shown in the figure. (Do
not use a fluid template for this case.)
Q - ¢- i - B x
Fl UID

Name M‘m'Pha55 %ve as template

Description.

Properties VISCOSIC} Calibration Thermal

* ii h ‘~\f1Kr't-_-‘tit-'.:> __‘N

Vtatercut - : O “-= ~ C02 fraction:


GOR ' CF-STB* HZS fraction:
Gas specific gravrty: 0.6-4 N2 fraction
Water specific gl'3Vlty1 1 O2 H2 fraction
AP! : : 30 dAPl CO fraction cu-_>e>u

lflnrrsiin Q 7 J Close

2. Click the Fluid mapping tab and map the new Multiphase
fluid to the source.
3. From the Home tab, select Simulation settings.
4. Click the Flow correlations tab and configure the choices
for vertical and horizontal flow, as shown in the figure.
NOTE: Observe that the Swap angle is set to 45 degrees. This 0
angle corresponds to the switch between using the
vertical and horizontal flow correlations. The swap
angle in PIPESIM is referenced from the horizontal x-
axis. in this example, the pipeline inclination angle is
about 3 degrees (that means only the horizontal flow
correlation is used).

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 49


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

O Sll'Tll_llBLIC‘Y1 settings El X

Flow correlations Heat transfer Erosion/Corrosion Environmenta I Outputvariabla Advanced


0 Use global Use local
VERTICAL FLOW (MULTIPHASE)
Source Baker Jardine ~
Correlation: Hagedom 81 Brown '
Friction factor: 1
Holdup factor: 1

HORIZONTAL FLOW (MULTLPHASB

Source Baker Jardine ' l


Correlation: ' Beggs & Brill Revised, Taitel Dukler map 3
Friction factor: V 7 V V V V
l
Holdup factor: 1
i
VERTICALHORIZONTAL SWAP ANGLE
Swap angle: 45 deg ' l
l
SINGLE PHASE
Correlation: Moody '

lt

EH PIPFSIM 0

50 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

5. Reconfigure the PIT profile dialog box, as shown in the


figure.
Q’, e t‘ x

Name: MySource I P-T pltflliz


Desznpnon

v'~rpmm= System lesutts Prcfilersults Outpmsummlry Culpuldehlls


Uni; All-t§Al[L \‘i'~F-.li\L1t
BIII7(Y‘l Sm. MySource ‘HM WH-w'< mo Q51
Brarmn end‘ M5Smk - ' Ouflrr wrsiwt
omtm profile plot: Prtisurz 1s.totald|stan(: - Llquldfinwrale » 10000 :15 d
C\.I5!um

‘-

+5wm~ou>w~

° Rest! boundary conditions


Rim

mrmsm Q ./ Close

6. Run the model.


7. From the Profile Results tab, click Show Grid.
8. Look at the Liquid Holdup or Flow Pattern column. Notice that
the flow is initially single-phase liquid until the pressure falls
below the bubblepoint, at which point a two-phase oil-gas
mixture evolves.
9. The single-phase Moody correlation is used in the first part of
the pipe, and the Beggs and Brill multiphase correlation is
used in the second part of the pipe after the pressure falls
below the bubble point.

PIPESIM Fundamentals‘ Version 2014 51


S _m pb _mW _m9 mm IE E SCh M m b6m E r

;_§,_x35_ "?_L _‘ _
§§=_!g=w¥%
;_°_
£5
ch”:II“
_§_i _ _ _ fig:ggV fig:3:!‘ _§_§_§_¢_ _ _35
ii‘:v__ _ _ _§ €_ _ _“_‘__;2:!‘ §_§_ _ _ _§_§“_ _ 2___v:2%;3:’:_‘§_§___’_ _ : J
____§_ !:_ _ Y_ _$?_ _ ¥__$¥: VF!”____ §_i x_ _ _§_i:_ _ _ o_ §:_ _ _z €_ _ _§_§_ _ _ _ _§_ 3_ _
-__

gig: §€§§ _s€_ 5E_ EnE_ _ §E_ E$%EoE_ E0EE$E_ _E£_ 5€_ Eofiiag FUSE‘:

Q23: nag: 3:: 55:1" £3: mg: as: s;:___ Q33‘ “$3; 3: sag 282% 8!: flag $5: sass an: QQGNJ 38:4 28$;
E3%é_ _ _ _ °_

Egg gag 383 8:3“ figs 282 gs =32 £82 saws Ea“
_
S“ S_ S_ 8_ S_ § 8* 8__ 8“ as
X

xi
2 SE2 gm; was SE‘: mag‘ Ha; 8:; Es: E; an; as: gs: $3: mg“: §:_ fig: Q23 sag 2 SE.“ iqn
_
M2
gighw nag
_
N885 NRSSW N838 53 QENQ “$8 255 $38 538 SE2 _R“R_s_$83 R58” NRSS SSE 33$ 8°33 $58 835
“*8
8

232}, gas fig“._ 325I §E_ fig 38$_ gagI ‘GR Nag“ swam i§_ gag gfifi gas ‘SQ “:5 gs H
E8: mama ~38
in
89

_ seam
_uggé“
s_ _

8 S_ SH SN °H § Rm _§ 3 8“ $2 °S R‘ § SN § 3’ § 3“ _§_
C
:' §_

mag 8:8~ sag §_§_ 388 I“$58 2_§_ figs 3:8 gag ~
:5: 8:5 #682 gag =_S8__ 8% gag gag gag 8:8"

£2: u_ _ _ _m > !_ _‘ °_m USE“ 22*p v_ _ g_“ E3“ 5 !_§ !_ _ é E2“ _~_ _ §_“ SE“ gig“ ’_ _E_ m NEE“ !____g_m !___;£ !_ _§_B Egg _ _ _ _ £
o§___
:_2:21__\
£:_§"_u>°‘_: v_‘OEgV_Ua&_ _m:;_m° amS° __

fin
°
_______=___3
93_ ¢_ >_ _8 m
_
i§E_u _ a_ 26
§i
5_u _ au_ _1g; H
o55°i§E
_51!~_‘go
at
§*_5_“_ _5_ _Nan
3§ =alIS§O_fig
an
"J_a§_ ingglIn
~goat
_ ‘aE_ufil_ _§g_ _E
o§5_‘K
"e_ a_ £50E E_gu _ §o_ ggo
iggggago
§‘i _ a_ at§p ‘fi_u _~3§___‘
§_a__S_ m_~Kag_ %_ fio‘gi§
fig 5_u _§ au___a
_m §_ _° E
Ns£0___“
g ik Ego
"23": §5_"‘R
la8:”: . _ _“ _ _ _ _§go°____“
“ _ §_“ §£50
5_“"___‘
_ 5_~
E5
“ca
.2:;
zéa

‘N
__(_" _g_ :Nag:
_“5__m_
__
S6

52 P P_$ M Fm d W ‘Q s W my _D H 2 0 1 4
Schlumberger Simple pipeline tutorials

Review questions
- Which types of pressure drop does PIPESIM report?
5%
~ What is the default single-phase flow correlation in
PIPESIM?
- How do you describe a Black Oil fluid model for water or dry
gas?
- Did you observe any difference in pressure drop between
your hand calculations and the PIPESIM reported results? lf
yes, why?

Summary
ln this module, you learned about:
- building the physical model
- creating a fluid model
- choosing flow correlations
- performing operations
- viewing and analyzing results

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 53


Simple pipeline tutorials Schlumberger

NOTES

54 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil w ell performance analysis

Module 3 Oil wel


analys
This module examines a producing oil well located in the North
Sea. You analyze the performance of this well using Nodal
analysis, calibrate the black oil fluid using laboratory data, and
match IPR data.
You also analyze the behavior of the well with increasing water c ut
and evaluate the options to implement gas lift or install an ESP at
a later stage when the well is unable to flow naturally.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- perform Nodal analysis
- estimate bottomhole flowing conditions
calibrate black oil pressure, volume, and temperature (PVT)
data
perform inflow performance relationship (IPR) matching
conduct water cut sensitivity analysis
~ evaluate gas lift performance
- design and install an ESP
- model multiple completions
install a downhole choke

Lesson 1 Nodal analysis


Nodal analysis is used to evaluate the performance of a
production or injection well. lt involves specifying a nodal point
(solution node), usually at the bottomhole or wellhead, that divide S
the producing system into two parts: the inflow and the outflow.
This relationship is represented graphically in Figure 15.
The solution node is defined as the location where the pressure
differential upstream (inflow) and downstream (outflow) of the
node is zero.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well perfomrance analysis Schlumberger

Solution nodes can be judiciously selected to isolate the effect of


certain variables.
For example, if the node is taken at the bottomhole, factors that
affect the inflow performance of a production well, such as skin
factor, can be analyzed independently of variables that affect the
outflow (for example, tubing diameter or separator pressure).

Outflow

Figure 15 Intersection points of the inflow and outflow


performance curves

56 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Exercise 1 Build the well model @\-


l
ln this exercise, you build a model of an oil production well.
This exercise could be done using the Network-centric workspace
of the previous exercises. However, in this instance, the exercise
uses the well-centric mode instead.
1. From the Workspace tab, launch a new well-centric
workspace.
2. The Insert ribbon should be active. Click the Tubulars tab
and leave the default options: Simple Mode and Wall thickness
Dimension.
HlZ|z.vl= i?-

“ ll -><-||0E>‘ZH
-1
1 ~ @'Qas ,
iI®@ ®
'~s-l =.,<@ 5ez>z':':' ac»; SSS. u», frY':€n* ~.¢a.= =1» Jxe
l$J@@Jl.
:1. P ES! =: F0»
@
.<
zee A 1 .: xv .1 ».¢~a: -<. n"'r"' ~ e <--I > —: *;.:r'"e"~
‘P, -t ;Q.~-~¢=..
-a .. ~- e - A'tl,a —
ZQ Stud, . + -Mzlz we - X +

;;- c-Q-war“ Tubulars ‘Devmnonsurvey oD\'-‘What! !§s. mm an-‘La r ~'ea¢tvaos1ev Covfloinrons snm eqc Omen!
2 >» z Jlrell name weir
nu Dy V M1»: -1

1 Well type - ma nor lr\ie<\'¢>"


Iflztt valve SCUVIQ 2 xx M St

3. From the Insert tab, click the Casing icon and drag it to the
wellhead in the schematic. Drop the casing on the wellhead,
only when the casing is green and the green circle is
flashing, as shown in the figure.
DiD::.a=
1»-;t.q;;,-= . ,-;¢- .-; .'

_. _
rir><,.-cam:tit
'5 I-Jae -any gee“-< 1: <, s>s. ‘.= , J;-~.=:¢ \.;
R»: : 4A; no 1-“@
l’~£l@©.lL® ~ :~<~ :-‘:' -
r ,=.== .' pet
.-~=.»-
=a we =r.~.¢~.
sew > , + .-rats. We" V x +

.;;>~_
. O
Gtntflt Haulers Devutrcrnxurvey Iimrrhalleq-1'nr'\er*r at-riwiw -15‘ !|VS!!1 iompkflmis 3t/7K!tQsl<JI\’l!fl'
Moe: - Simple :>=u-iza

M J’ 1
A
=—_ Drmmsron <>g(=’;1‘

_
Name
OD

*1
' Wil‘ imckweis
Bum-uv-M0 ID
.,.
wlrrri-mm Rnngrmes
>0 ti
,_
II +l

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 57


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

,-——t
4. On the Tubulars tab of the well editor, click the Q button on
the far right to launch the Casing Catalog.

General Tubulars Deviation survey Downhole equipment Artificial lift Heat transfer

Mode: ° Simple Detailed


Dimension option: OD ° Wall thickness
Name Bottom MD ID Wall thickness Roughness
1 ft in in in
1 CsgSn 1 10000 4,778 0.361 0.01
H
5. In the Catalog column, enter API to filter the catalog to
display only API-type casings.
6. Use the filter on the OD (Outside Diameter) column to filter
the list to display only casings with an internal diameter
greater than 8 inches.
m (earn; catalog D X

camog OD ID Thicknss Weight Roughness Grad‘


I ‘I1 ‘In i‘ lbm/ft V 'Y'IH 7

-1 -n -n
1 .\| : .» 0 .557 49 0.001 C75
2 AP!
B AP!
8.65
8.65
r,
Less than '
0.557
0557
49
49
0.001
0.001
(30
(35
II Am 8 .625
None
0.557 49 0 M1 L80
H APl 8 .625 0 .557 49 0.001 BBO
' u API 8.65 7 .511 0.557 49 0.001 P110
, AP] 8.65 7 .511 0 .557 49 0.001 Q15
u AP] 8.65 7.511 0 .557 49 0.(X)1 T95
9 API 8.65 7.625 0.5 0.001 C75
flj Am 8 .65 7 .625 0.5 0.001 G0
E AP] 8 .625 7 .65 0.5 0.001 C95
AP] 8 .625 7 .65 0.5 0.001 L80
Am 8 .65 7 .65 05 0.001 N80
API 8 .625 7.65 05 fiiififii 0.001 P110
Q API 8 .65 7.65 05 44 0.001 T95
Q API 8.75 7.636 0.557 49.7 0.001 (30
API 8.75 7.636 0.557 49.7 0.001 L80
fl API 8.75 7.636 0.557 49.7 0.001 P110
E] API 8.75 7.636 0.557 49.7 0.001 Q15
E] API 8.75 7.636 0.557 49.7 0.001 T95
E API 8.625 7.75 0.45 40 0 .001 C75
22 AP] 8.65 7 .75 0.45 40 0 .001 C90
E API 8.625 7.75 0.45 0.001 C95
u API 8.65 7.725 0.45 88 0 001 LBO

m PIPESIM 0 K X Cancel
I

58 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

7. Select the first L80 grade of casing in the filtered list (8.625"
OD, 7.511” ID, Weight = 49 lbm/ft) by selecting the
corresponding row, then click OK.
8. Set the MD of the casing to 9, 000 ft.
9. Add a tubing string by clicking the (+) sign in the Tubulars
table.
NOTE: You can add tubing by dragging from the ribbon 0 ,
toolbar as well.

10. Specify the parameters shown in the figure. Instead of using


the catalog, enter the numbers directly.
General Tubu-tars Deviation sun/ey Downhole equipment Artificraliift Heat transfer

Mooe Q Simple Detailed


Dimension option: OD I Wall thickness

Name Bottom MD ID Wall thickness Roughness D.‘


4 Ft in in in '
1 CsqSn 1 9000 7.511 0.557 0.001
2 Tubing 8500 3.958 0.2?1 0.001 I

11. On the Deviation survey tab, change the Survey type to 2D


and leave the default Dependent parameter as Angle.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 59


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

12. Enter the MD/TVD columns for a 2D survey, as shown in the


figure. The preview plot automatically updates to display the
deviation survey profile.
0 NOTE: The white background indicates editable fields. The
shaded background indicate read-only fields that are
automatically calculated. For the deviation survey
grid, the read-only fields are calculated based on the
selected Dependent parameter.
< -1..» Hz‘ sq WV! -tr.“ ~ -e;*('a|\stI' ':mplr r\ S\,7“( ea -. ..-

N
,. ..
r» 1 lngrirra

r ;- ;»~. r~.;
\ ~r— ' r-
::~:- =»~- sac '-
MD rvc Nonzonut as We
5 ~ - 1‘ i
_; icx .-:9; 1-least; §
I I uosvs men; - ,
12 - cams" 19.9-aw :. ¢
'5. ‘I. 536.995 Z5 55193
olmpu 1413'”
9'." 2 ‘#203?
E5’: 5%‘ 525 0

Honzomal awwmqrr mi

0 NOTE: To copy any tabular data (such as deviation survey


data) from Excel or Word documents and paste them
in a PIPESIM grid, copy the data from the external
source, click in the first cell in the first column of the
PIPESIM grid, and press Ctrl+V.

60 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performanoe analysis

13. Configure the parameters in the Heat transfer tab, as shown


in the figure.
Geflent raiwa Devuhonavvey D0v\v.ho|eeq..¢mem Amkulifi Helllliliittt (Q1y|pk!llII\S 5HNi(QeQm0v\'!r\Y
.........i »i......».
—:lf"IlWR!<DQ‘*v(~t'f‘ B B1 M-<1 ‘ -I ;
................ ..... ..._.. =-K
°~=="==~*— “B ‘°"

,_ t :~ 54 15¢»
2 xfit 205 SAT
1 +
356$
_ xx:
_; .55:
5.

ési-:
‘F/Ci)

@;¢:

W ‘ 55 eC "I 53 =3 1?: 1.. .1. ._. .-_ 1:. é E


nine-ii IIIIPUIIIIQ ineqri

14. On the Completions tab, add a completion to the well and


configure, as shown.
NOTE: The IPR preview plot in the Completions tab of the
Well editor is blank if no fluid is defined.

General Tubulars Deviationsurvey Downnoleequipment Artificial lift Heattransfer Completions Surfazeequiomerit

»~ \trMPirilk)N$

Name Geame\1yp|o_ Fhidermy TopMD MiddleMD BomomMD Type Acme lPRmode|


4 it g ~ it ~ ft -
i J. (pi vmiw ~ Single paim -Y ’ * ' Perforation vlieiiv
+
‘leflewoir iluld model

Reservoir pressure 3600 mi


RQSQNOH ltmpefafultt 200 BCQF
[PR basis ° Liquid Gas
Procuctivrty noex 8 S‘B.='{c.psii
use Vogel beiow ouooie pom -/
Jse test data’

IPR preview plot

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

15. On the Completions tab, click the Fluid model tab and click
New to create a new fluid for the completion.
WARNING: Do not use a fluid template and leave the
Y defaults for all the other tabs.

After you create the fluid and return to the Reservoir tab of
the main Completions tab, the IPR preview plot appears.
i:i X
FLUID

Nam?‘ Bonwd Save as template


DESCTIDIICH‘
Properties Viscosity Calibration Thermal

l"~Nl' Hf. :>ii ‘ii. \N ,.,vilN-\N Ii t, r r


watercut ~ 10 “e ' CO2fraction
GOP. ~ 500 SCF’STB ' H2Sfraction
Gas specific QYEVIYYI 0.8 N2 fraction
Water specific grav 1.05 HZ fraction
API ' 36 dAPl CO fraction Qoo o

Q PIPESIM 0 5 J Close

16. The dynamic well schematic diagram on the left represents


the wellbore configuration up to this point. The green lines
represent fluid flow paths. The current well configuration (on
the left) indicates a dual flow path that supports the
simultaneous flow offluid up the tubing and annulus.
The fluid flow must be restricted to the tubing only, by adding
a packer as in the well schematic on the right.

62 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

17. On the Downhole equipment tab, add a Packer at 8,500 ft


to prevent flow up the annulus between the tubing and
casing.
There is no packer shown in the flow path on the left; a single
flow path is shown with a packer.
E W- 2 ~_..._u_--t;
-3.=JL_,,__._ if; ___.
0 Na §\_ir‘ace 0 '~ \I ova -
= _ EG7\4lPf"\E':lVDvY'3 = I eel. :-*< nu

qfi rrrr if Cra§:E_floy\:rerr Cpl DH Tmmfl l: an _p


1, s - ~ uh ing'|Qvt;rcm_pl "'""*i V

l i i
l
l

l
l i E

i i 'o.mc \ I ’
J V 1 sio_c,_r.:.____; ' i , *°‘
= ¢ i_ zp aeoc n M; | I f2*N-K
I? $95“ ; §aQc;_+_:..._W%,‘_ _ _ _ AF ;§@
.;__ l l

5655 . "W

18. Make sure that the Hagedorn-Brown correlation is selected


for vertical flow and the Beggs-Brill Revised correlation is
selected for horizontal flow under Home > Simulation
settings > Flow correlations.

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 63


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

,'-/" Exercise 2 Perform a nodal analysis


In this exercise, you perform a Nodal analysis task for a given
outlet (wellhead) pressure to determine the operating point
(intersection of the inflow and outflow curves) and the absolute
open flow potential (AOFP) of the well.
1. On the Home tab, click the Nodal analysis button. A dialog
box appears, prompting you to choose the location of the
Nodal Analysis point. The Nodal analysis point divides the
system into inflow and outflow.
2. Select Bottomhole. The inflow in this case describes the
pressure-rate (P-Q) relationship from the reservoir to the
bottomhole, while the outflow represents the P-Q relationship
from the bottomhole to the wellhead.
Q:
-= II] x
37
YWE
elect location: I Bottomhole Well head

lflrrvrsrm Q q/OK xCancel'-l

3. Set the Outlet pressure as 300 psi and rename the case to
Oil Well Nodal,lfdeSil’ed.

64 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

4. Click the Run button. lfthe Run button is inactive, check the
Message center to see if there are any validation issues and
resolve them.
'I E1
t Name Well > Nodal analysis
‘ Description:

Nodal analysis

(:ENtRAt
I Branch start: Well — Reservoir
Nodal point: Well.NA
‘ Branch end: Well - Wellhead
l Outlet pressure: psi

z Inlet conditions Sensitivities Options


Override phase ratios: _
Inflow Pressure Temperature Fluid
i psi ' degF '
» l1 lCpl lssoo lzoo |BOFluid l

5. The Nodal Analysis system plot appears.

‘n4II‘l>p/. iwgwrtwygg Mir-r1~4~ w-.i=.~ ~;.,.a..-... ttnzviuum


,.».~>=..

M a<»‘v~-1 .. \
lllhxzilwz »*‘ \
a....,,. gt...-.. ma \
_»r---~»-T- =
5
1
3.,
.1_<. ¢,. .,
E .
E

> , ; . _
u.t\.a-.-.<-ea...»-,1,
_ i a-.~ 0 :4 -

6. The inflow performance relationship (IPR) curve represents


the P-Q relationship for the reservoir/completion, modeled
with the Well Pl equation in this case. The outflow represents
the P-Q relationship for multiphase flow through the 4-12
inch tubing, modeled using the Hagedorn & Brown
correlation in this case.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

7 The graphical intersection of both cur\/es is known as the


Solution/Operating point. This point represents the expected
rate 1 and flowing bottomhole pressure from a well,
co mpleted with the tubing described by the outflow and in the
re S ervoir/completion described by the inflow. These options
8|’ e discussed in more detail later.

8. Re view the System results and complete the Results table.

Results
Operating Point Flow rate
O perating Point BHP
A OFP l
0 OTE: The Absolute Open Hole Flow Potential (AOFP) is
the theoretical maximum a reservoir/completion can
deliver. It is calculated from the IPR equation as the
inflow rate that corresponds to a flowing BHP = 0.

9. T0 extract the AOFP, click the j icon at the bottom right


c orner ofthe System results plot (or in the IPR preview plot in
th e Completions tab of the well editor).
10 .To observe the Pressure profile corresponding to the
0 perating point, click the Profile Results tab.

1 . This predicted rate is an estimate that has inherent uncertainty. based on limitations
with the data quality and the models used, particularly the multiphase flow correlations.
The better the data and model quality. the better the predicted rates and flowing pres-
sures. PIPESIM provides the option to tune PVT correlations to match lab measured
data. as \vell as the option to calibrate multiphase flow correlations with field measure
lT|€I]IS.

66 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Lesson 2 Pressureltemperature profile


While the Nodal analysis operation produces profile plots for each
3
operating point, you also can generate these plots using the
Pressure/Temperature (Pff) Profile task. One advantage of the Pl
T Profile task is that you can calculate boundary pressures by
supplying a rate.

Exercise 1 Generate a pressureltemperature 1/\

profile
lnlet and outlet pressure always reference the boundaries of the
system. In this case, the inlet pressure is the reservoir pressure,
while the outlet pressure corresponds to the wellhead pressure.
The inlet pressure is specified at the completion or source level,
while the outlet pressure is always specified manually in the task.
1. Launch the P/T profile task from the Home tab and specify
Liquidflow rate as the Calculated variable.
2. Enter the Outlet (Tubing head) Pressure of 300 psi.
3. Leave Sensitivity data empty and leave the Default profile
plot set to Elevation vs. Pressure.
4. Run the model.
5. Review the Profile results tab and complete the Results table.
They should exactly match the results from the previous
exercise because the boundary conditions are identical.
NOTE: To see profile results at smaller, discrete intervals, go I
to Home > Simulation settings > Advanced and
select the Print computation segment result. Scenario:
Determine a more accurate depth or distance at
which the bubble point is reached.

Results
Wellhead pressure 300 psia
Production Rate
Flowing BHP
Flowing WHT l
Depth at which gas appears l

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

6. (Optional) Select Show gridto display the results of all


variables calculated during the task, for example wellhead
temperature (WHT).
F794;“: Erqwncvmele Ssfluwrsulh Vtilrltrfluflr Quwtlliufimarv Otnputdaeilx

SM“ am
"' i,.,.r».. at
III S¢e<\:olurIwv.. ° bpuidntl
(J: an-mm 1yr mu ammermmvi Pram: 1 emp< I n all Fbe man. LJQAMMQPIR G~LP|nuri o-w mu»
n It psi aw: Vt =
L Flov-rn=53§li mu/an ram um Juan mm! mm umos an mu mama we Unddmd
ad Flam-ne=BQl§ lubl/div Yuhmq was -same mun mun unm mum owowu 9-'9 Unddnml
_sn_ Flv-nIl¢I99l§ wbl/day Yllblrvg my mass wvszss mam mun asses amuzss 914 tma-Ma
51V as»-maeanaaae mbbdcv Tubing mo um mm: l1l son tumta mass: u mm: um, unaefmeo
i§;_ Kb-vrItel3D£§ wbl/flly vast», not swwnl mm nusn tzuzan an-sn n mnssz Slug uamma
_;L =1...»-mm: mhl a., Tllbiflg sssns 7:19.52 mum muaz tux! snssm prime; $l\-9 Uhilwxd
_sL “v~Ilg1—Bl§ tssua-y Tubing um mo $3154 tmms nan sums amass 9"! Unldlnéd
g_ rt»-memssxs mblflany new was -mm nuns wane: umsv 5499313 amass 5*-'9 Umdv-ed
Wifi Rwvuu-=I3§l§ wblldwy hing sass -moss mm: tum: ustms mans immune 3»; umwa
_ w _F\o~mz=ln.=9.ns aw», mm, mo mu nuns 160119: mus"! so nzzz swan M UHGHIIKG
_l!_ Ftwwrmefififlfi sbflllflry Ylbbtflfl om -mm: mam tum: nun mm o rams We Uflldinld
it Flo-0112:5331! am», Yuhmg ms: zsznz 1311.354 mass) unuex swan i:.m11!a “W umtdmec
jg > Fhvn|rz:B§8§ soolldly Yllblhg esso -mus vvsoss 1511922 isusl name mum W: umam
"(L4 Flt-rv~v|!c=U39A§ sbblfdly Tubing was eznutna serum isum tusssw um mum 9011 um:-Ma
_i£_ Flowrtzzlllfili wbl/dly mt»; ma ~tss1m sssm mans warm Assn mam ilvs ui--4-ea
_ai, rw»-m=auws taste», vim, urn -assay ssssm 150.1292 issmz 151192 alums 9"; umserma
n “M-ieuam am-1 vita"; um -ms na 555.1251 150 use x6_§2$61 mun amen 9“? u-ea»-ac
L Fl0wru.=U§1l§ Qsbtlday tub-ng 71750.5 -1114.92 aunts tsum mun emu 058689 $\\>s llndefined
5‘ rwwmseauux wwaw rm, mo amass seznsso zsusb mam rams 0545211: 5|"i Undefined
FlvwvltaQ§l§ mbt/dry mm 75495 -mus: saun- istazu tum man wzms we um!-»-a
_Q__‘ Fk-mnte=I39l§ Sbbvdly mi», ms amuse‘! nueu uuuz mszzss flb7S3 usnmn 5|W um-M
L H...--.=m=n mm a., mi», mu -tom mm: in rm; mun mam imznosv vi-<1 u»-in-.a
mt-1; mt an nun: mum mum auwm osmmz We u»u-ea
.1. Fovrneflylis ‘savory mu -705 mm 1463104 uzum mun umm Undifmid
v_1;_ He-In-1:11:36 mu/eI.~ Iubmq
zm-as amuse osnsu
“us
uaaer-Ma
3“ t...-=.t..=L=.ms sat», Yubmg mo sou mms mun 9'-*9
lp _ Flo-nnczmylb Ma" Tubing ms: 72:05 Jazsm M05111 zusszr more 11232192 3'-'9 Unldmod
Tubing ms -1 mus 3450104 mans: We Ma.-ea
7| _ Fbvunaflfilfi \MIVflIy
vs as...-amuse mt aw rubw; mu v mum 1 aumzz twat: We umnm

" NOTE: The _; icon flips any plot to display a grid of only the
data used for the plot.

Lesson 3 Black oil fluid calibration


5 Black oil fluid properties (also known as PVT properties) are
predicted by correlations developed by fitting experimental fluid
data with mathematical models. Various correlations have been
developed over the years based on experimental datasets
covering a range of fluid properties.
The PIPESIM help system describes the range of fluid properties
used to develop each correlation, which helps you select the most
appropriate correlation for the fluid you want to model. The default
correlations in PIPESIM are based on the overall accuracy of the
correlations as applied to a broad range offluids.
PIPESIM provides functionality to match PVT fluid properties with
laboratory data to increase the accuracy of fluid property
calculations and improve overall model predictability, particularly
over the range of pressures and temperatures, for the system
being modeled.

68 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

For example, calibration of the bubble point pressure can result in


the initial appearance of gas at a depth of 1 ,O00 feet higher or
lower than an uncalibrated model. This results in a significantly
different mixture fluid density and, thus, a vastly different
elevational pressure gradient.
Likewise, calibration of the fluid viscosity can drastically improve
the calculation of the frictional pressure gradient, especially in
heavy oils and emulsions.
If the calibration data is omitted, PIPESIM calibrates with only oil
and gas gravity. After the calibration is performed, a calibration
factor is calculated as the ratio of measured value to the value
calculated by the selected correlation.
The calibration method available in PIPESIM 2014.1 is Single
Point Calibration.

Single point calibration


In many cases, actual measured values for some properties show
a slight variance from calculated values. When this variance
occurs, it is useful to calibrate the property using the measured
point. PIPESIM can use the known data for the property to
calculate a calibration constant Kc:
Kc = Measured Property @(P,T)/Calculated Property @(P,T)
This calibration constant is used to modify all subsequent
calculations of the property in question:
Calibrated value = Kc * (Predicted value)

Save fluids and wells as templates


PIPESIM lets you save fluids as templates that can be easily
reused for other wells and sources. Click Save as template next to
the fluid name in the fluid editor, or right-click the fluid in the
Inputs pane and select Save as template.
The fluid is saved in the fluid templates catalog, accessible under
Home > Catalogs. All the fluid information, including the
calibration data, is saved to the template. The fluid template can
be edited and renamed in the catalog, and it is available for reuse
in the Template options list when you create a new fluid.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

Similarly, wells can be saved as templates in the Catalog. All the


well information, excluding the fluid information mapped to the
well, is saved to the template. This is useful if you have typical/
type wells; they can be saved as templates and reused in large
networks, resulting in significant time savings.

@\- Exercise 1 Calibrate PVT data


l ___”

Continue with the model from the previous exercise.


1. Launch the fluid editor from the Completions tab of the Well
editor or from the Fluid Manager on the Home tab.
2. Click the Viscosity tab and configure the PIPESIM viscosity
model settings, as shown in the figure.
‘ . 7 : 5 X

rtuio l
Name" BOFluid 5“, ,, ¢,mPi,(, l
Oescnpticn.

Properties Viscosity Calibration Thermal

‘N -F‘\»~ 1» r i MlXTliki

Correlation: Bergman 51 Sutton ‘ Emulsion viscosity method I


V _», .i‘ _'~c »., in Inversion watercut: I Specify Calculate l
Correlation: Chew 81 Ccnnally - 50 °-i= ' l

-Jr 4, ii.

Temperature flstl: Z00 degF '


1
Viscosity (mi: w - ‘

i
Temperature (2nd): 6000001 degF
viscosity \‘Znd): cP

El PIPESIM ./ Close

70 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

3. Click the Calibration tab and enter the measured data shown
in the figure to calibrate the PVT model. After you enter the
data, click Close to exit the fluid editor. The fluid is now
calibrated.
El x
E
ill U

9z;""5 Bonuld Save as template

l Description:

‘ Propertis lfiscosity Calibration Thermal


f::l1l--~_ In D'''''-. ‘V---7..-,»... e Correlation
Abdve BP OFVF ' 1.18 3000 - Z00 egF ~ Vasque18LBe9gs
At BF Sat. Gas: 500 - F/§lB Z100 I V 200 egF - Lasater '
OFVF ' 112 Z100 - Z00 egF ‘ Standin '
Live oil viSCOSi(y1 11 P Z100 I E1‘L‘'2 Z00
At or Belo...
Gasviscosityz 0.029 P 2100 L‘' 200 egF - ee et a .
Gas Z‘ OB Z100 -5' Z00 egF Standing "

l I]! PIPESIM 0 file?


l

4. It is useful to see if the fluid calibration has an impact on the


depth at which the bubble point is reached. Re-run the P/T
profile task with the same Outlet pressure of 300 psi from the
previous exercise to observe the difference in results
between the uncalibrated and calibrated models.
5. Determine the flowing bottomhole pressure, flowing wellhead
temperature, AOFP and production rate for the given
wellhead pressure and enter them in the Results table.
6. Compare your answers to the uncalibrated model results.

Results
Wellhead pressure =
300 psi l Uncalibrated Calibrated

Production Rate, STB/d


Flowing BHP, psi
Flowing WHT, deg.F
AOFP, STB/d
Depth where gas appears

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 71


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

NOTE: PIPESIM provides the option to calibrate Multiphase


flow correlations and the Overall Heat Transfer
Coefficient (U-value) by tuning them to match field
measurements (flowing pressures, rates, and
temperatures). This is useful for improving model
accuracy and predictability.
Currently, this data matching task is available only in
the PIPESIM Classic version. It will be introduced in
the new PIPESIM.

Lesson 4 Inflow performance matching


PIPESIM simulation results can be further improved by calibrating
the well IPR equations with flowing well test data, if available.
ldeally, you perform this step after calibrating the multiphase flow
correlation for the Outflow curve, by tuning it to match measured
flowing rate and pressure data. Even if the Outflow curve cannot
be calibrated because there is a lack of measurements, the IPR
can still be calibrated if well performance data is available.
Most of the PIPESIM IPR equations can be calibrated with well
test data by selecting the Use test data box on the Completions
tab of the Well editor and entering the data. (Do not do this if
there is no well test data available.)
If the rate, static resen/oir pressure, and flowing wellhead
pressure are available, equations can still be matched even
without multipoint or isochronal well test data. Match the
equations by tuning the uncertain parameters of the IPR equation,
such as Skin for the Darcy equation or Production Index for the Pl
equation.
For the oil well in this case, a Liquid Pl value of8 STB/d psi was
initially specified. It is a more accurate value based on the
available well performance information.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Exercise 1 Sensitize on the well PI to match P‘-


performance
This exercise continues with the previously built model, with the
objective to determine the productivity index based on a well test.
A 4-hour well/production test was run on the well, and a rate of
9,000 STB/d was measured at a flowing wellhead pressure of 300
psi.
You use a pseudo iterative method in PIPESIM to calculate the
Productivity Index value that matches the known flow rate and
boundary conditions.
1. Launch the P/T profile task used in the previous exercise.
2. Reconfigure the task as shown in the figure, so that the
Liquid Pl of the completion is the calculated variable based
on the known pressure and flow rate data.
Q ' - I x

Nam: xdl PTpm4il=


Desuptcn

P T profile System rsuhs Profile results Output summary Output emits


.»‘.-r.;- »\l..li~? =Ll». Y
BVIIIUX nan: war - R5¢rv0|I I'M 9'55"! mo psi
Brandt em! Well - Wellhead OM16 w=§=~1I= 300 [Ni
Default prufile plat: Elevation vs. pressure ~ |_|qu|d ¢iM,,,, W‘ 515 ,,
- Custom
ob,=¢ Cpl
Variablc uquia PI
M n glue. 5 sra t1 p5
Mu. nlu: to sra a ps
Prupomonaltty: - DlI!C( Inverse

~4o~v->w~>-

+3100

° Reset boundary conditions


Run

flrmstu 9 J Close

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 73


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

0 NOTE: The proportionality refers to the relationship between


the custom variable and the outlet pressure. A Direct
proportionality indicates an expectation that the
outlet pressure increases when the custom variable
increases, for example the choke bean diameter.

An Inverse proportionality implies an expectation that


the outlet pressure decreases when the custom
variable increases, such as water out of a black oil
fluid in a production well. Refer to the PIPESIM Help
(F1) for additional details.

3. Run the task.


4. To see the Productivity index (LPI) value that matches the
actual data, inspect the Pfi task Profile results.
5. Update the IPR model in the Completions tab of the well
editor with the matched productivity index value.
6. To determine the new AOFP of the well, re-run the Nodal
analysis task.
7. Compare the new AOFP to the value from the earlier
exercise with an uncalibrated IPR model.

Results
Matched Pl l
New AOFP
Previous AOFP

74 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Lesson 5 Well performance analysis


After building an accurate base case model for the well, several
5
simulation operations can be performed to evaluate a variety of
operating scenarios.

Water-cut sensitivity analysis


After an initial design is made, it is important to evaluate how the
system responds to changing operating conditions. For example,
increasing water production is inevitable for most oil and gas
fields. As a result, water production must be considered in well
design.
At some point in the producing life ofthe well, it is possible that the
reservoir pressure is insufficient to lift the fluid to the surface when
the water cut reaches a specific limit. This situation occurs
because water has a higher density than oil and, as the water cut
increases, the hydrostatic pressure losses also increase.
Using the wellhead pressure, reservoir pressure, and matched Pl
from the previous exercise, you now determine the water cut limit
for this well to be able to produce.
Either of the PIPESIM tasks, System analysis or Nodal analysis,
can be used to model this problem. Both task options are
presented in the exercise.

Exercise 1 Run a system analysis task F7"


This exercise shows you how to set up and run the system
analysis task for this problem.
1. Ensure that you enter your matched Pl value of 9. 375
STB/d/psi in the IPR model under the Completions tab of
the well editor.
2. Launch the System analysis task from the Home tab.
3. Select Liquidflow rate as the Calculated variable.
4. Enter the Outlet Pressure as 300 psi (the required minimum
wellhead pressure).
5. For the X-axis value, select Cpl (Completion), then select
Water Cut.

PlPESlM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

6. Click the Range button to configure water-cut values of 40%


to 80%, in increments of 5%.
Q Tl x
Name We“ Svstern aria“/sit
Desci pt 0'1

System anaiyss
_1E‘:EI>A cAtC.ii_A*=: tar: ABLE
Biancri $535 Well - Reservoir I'll" =>'s§§~"@ seoc D51
Brancn end Well ~ wellrieao Outlet pressure 500 OS
Sensitivity coritiguiaticri 3e"WutEG ' bqmd mwme .
C ustom

X-axis Vanable 1 Variable 2 Variable 3 Vanable 4


Active: J ACHVQC ~/ Aictive: 1 Active: -/
GLI Lower~Co ' ‘ r
lV\}ECI'OTl g.. Water cut ‘

Ra~=-=- -
A m-“min A ,- === I
~
5
55 N»- ca wO
w~>- <1. S0
_ 7 6.5 7 aw as
W7 V _ so
*s v_ as

m\|~4 Dunc‘)
l
i__ l l
:5§fl$\l@Vlb Aufltngqa >qrui Lgwmwmw

Reset boundary conditions

Iflmzstm Q ./ Close

7. Run the model to generate a plot of calculated liquid rate vs.


water cut. You observe in the plot that there are no results for
some of the requested water-cut values. This is because
there was no solution for those high water cut values,
because the well is dead at those conditions.
8. Re-run the System analysis using more closely spaced
sensitivity values to determine the critical water cut, such as
the water cut value above which the well stops flowing.
9. Record the answer.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Exercise 2 Run a nodal analysis task


This exercise shows you how to set up and run the Nodal analysis
V
task for this problem.
1. Launch the Nodal Analysis task from the Home tab.
2. Click the Sensitivities tab and configure Water cut as the
lnflow Sensitivity variable.
lg 'ii_.i= are-;. El x
Name: Well - Nodal analysis
Desznptionz

Nodal anatysis System rsults Pmfileresults Outputsummary Outputdetails

\_iE NE RAL
Branch start Wdl > Reservoir
Nodal point: WQILNA
Branch end: Well — Wellh&d
Outlet pressure: psi

Inlet conditions Sensitivities Options

INFLCYW SENSITlVlT‘1 JJUTFLOW SENSITIVITY

Cpl '
Water cut '
Ranqe
.. - 1

Nu-A

b 55
VIW

‘aseess
75
lnlbuvi .80
>-0 5
1'.
l_.iJ

The selected sensitivity object is common for both inflow


and outflow. If common Objtd is selected as sensitivity
0 Objtd in estzher inflow or outflow, the same sensitivity
Objbfl, vanahle and values will be used for both inflow and
oufilow when running nodal analysis operation.

Reset inlet conditions


Run

lflnrrslliii Q J Close

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

3. Run the model to generate the Nodal analysis plot and


determine the critical water cut, such as the water out value
above which the well stops flowing.
O , NOTE: N0 solution is shown for water cut values of 75% and
80%

4. Change the display.


- Zoom a section of the plot. Draw a rectangle from top left to
bottom right.
- Un-zoom a section of the plot. Draw a rectangle from
bottom right to top left.
-a
4r: ~a ‘$001 N, ,1

-Wt IQ”. HQ‘ W-ae .<.-4 ....= >,,.. kw ~. (!~:pt4 .,-~.» \.Anr_4l(o*.
~.i ax t. ...
-
Ill mass.--
e,-"-t :1 KQ mu Inn r W r W Z‘//r
_ IYF < r: s _ . _ L
1 ,aiun—a:~i'v¢-1--aelxslznalbr mm: mu: is.~
1 nculus s r-_¢.,num .-va.. mun mm: \ :___ _ 74_‘_ 31;’/'7
r
a iW(UYv!2 -4 ».--swi.ns new mm mm
L, mu. SS ‘s F»-4:14:51! not-i anus ml i l7" \\ l’-.
L >A{\ll-M‘$FuvArnElJIIIsl1¢u u-awn unn-
0 ,ivm
. . . asst»--t > menu», aim mu E
_:_ ~ - - mm- mi»- .~__ .1,
n i\w<0vMIifl>v(\:\r.'i1 "L&wiull§lJKe@\il0v
1 i»<o-M-iavw<<.~.n s na.._5-mt ma.

t
t-ta.--,...-_¢.._.m-ta
—.»-,~ t.. —-Wat.--l,. — at !4\.,Y-[K 7 ‘$4Vv\/7', . —.-s. »=._--.., W “Ba Wis/'ll$
'*')IV<'l{‘-‘1\- '1m>WfJ'~"\'- _ ~-».- -.<.-..¢-. _a,~s 1.: '\"o~ »<.—-=-.~:_ w M »§l'-K
—¢,i~,. -v<<'—5‘s—i:_'<»- .»<.—-t<s—;.-is. ~\’~"€l'v W ¢.-., ..:.-~-~t 7- ¢.-.,- .:.—--=~ — 2."§>i t 9
O r*~iv'_-»~

>..
Hmsn O -Ice

78 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Arrows in the figure identify the water cut values at which the
well is dead.

\_\
2::
3
\ A __ e F — ~ no dc”!

/W”
E, .
=1“
E use \ ,’>_
-
5 15:: »
=g ___
: 1.“ I
Q 31::

Eaw J _
I W _. ..___,. .__:

:53:

1. .._ _=>. . s 1.1.. ___


32.1». M,
_... ‘\-
-24» 2 ._
=>.. ....
=>..
sttxnwt mum at flndil point (stern)

— 1"l‘o-v wc.'r-4: \= —— I-iwv. wcuw-4; '1‘ — I-iron WCt/‘=50 ss — Irfow wco't=5§ =< —- :~‘¢.t WCUT-t~
are -v wc.-1=v~=_
_ . . ~- ov-rWCL 1=*s== —.'-i VOA- -Irci. *-mt.He ———c...» cw - wcu *-eat*=c — :.rro1~. ~vcu'x_5== — C..T9ut—r'\\ Y
— C.t‘ct-.-WCUY-if == — out av. wit‘-62% — ob-mil--.\ic.,iv-es se — 0.:-e-.-. vvzu‘-*2 -i — G./‘on flit.‘-'5 == -—— C."ot-1 .\ s
O o=iera~—; == --1

Results
Critical Water Cut |

Lesson 6 Artificial lift


The primary purpose of installing an artificial lift system is to
5
maintain a reduced bottomhole pressure to enable the desired
reservoir fluids to be produced at an acceptable rate.
There are several artificial lift options that operate in two primary
ways: by decreasing hydrostatic head such as Gas lift, or by
mechanically lifting the fluids, such as electric submersible pumps
(ESPs). PIPESIM is able to model several artificial lift
technologies including Gas lift, ESPs, Rod pumps, progressive
cavity pumps (PCPs) and Multiphase boosters.
In the following exercises, you model the performance of the oil
well with Gas lift installed. Then you design and install an ESP,
and evaluate the well performance.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

You also determine the better artificial lift option (purely from a
performance perspective), taking into account a gas lift availability
constraint of 3 mmscf/d and a design liquid production rate of
10,000 STB/d at 70% water cut.

Exercise 1 Evaluate gas lift performance


The basic principle behind gas lift injection in oil wells is to lower
the density of the fluid in the tubing. This results in a reduction of
the elevational/hydrostatic component of the pressure gradient
above the point of injection and a lower bottomhole pressure.
Lowering the bottomhole pressure increases reservoir drawdown
and thus, production rate.
ln this exercise, you examine how this well responds to gas lift by
introducing a Gas Lift Injection point near the bottom of the tubing
above the packer.
You also determine if the well can deliver the design liquid
production rate of 10,000 STB/d at 70% water cut, with a
maximum gas injection rate of 3 mmscf/d. The System analysis
task is used to evaluate a range of cases with varying gas
injection rates and produced fluid water-cut values.
Continue using the model from the previous exercise.
1. ln the Well editor window under the Artificial lift tab, add a
Gas lift injection point and enter the details, as shown.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

siifgsi. General Tubulars Devuuonsurvey Downholeequipmem Amficiaiirfz Heattl


o No surface
= , , =¢!"'P'"="\ ‘WW _ iquiprnent iNam: -Active MD
Wubirtg flow irsvri Cpli » ' _M A _ 1%. s ,_- '
9LT,
r

l i
GAS LIFT INJECTION
Name: Gl.I
ii I il
i , 1. Active: ~/
il 1,
l
l
l
l Measured aepm: aooo ft
l
l
i
'i rm... 9.. .
'~ GAS PROPERTIES
l i l
l
i i l
I
Gas specific gravity Use M modei
'~ OPTIONAI DA TA

Valve port diameten lfl


Surface injection pressure: p$l
s.,..m..,,.,.

aoooni

smsml
-J
i

B800 ft
l
l

is

i,,l

\
i

. \
‘». *3!“
...._,


__
GU . ___-..
..._s
_. __ __..._ ._L_.._
P.“ .1
Tubing
Cpl
.

F*s§Ll. .. . D
9000 ft

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 81


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

2. Launch the System analysis task and reconfigure it to


calculate Liquid flow rate as a function of the permuted
variables Gas lift injection rate and Water cut, as shown in
the figure.
a. Set the gas lift injection rate variable to be evaluated over
a range from 0 to 10 mmscfld in 0.5 mmscfld increments.
b. Enter 10%, 4 0%, and 70% as the Water cut sensitivity
values.
c. Run the task.
RE
Marne Weli 4 Svstern ana v< <
Description:

System anaivsis
GENERAL CALCULAYED VARIABLE
Branch start Well - Reservoir Inlet pressure 5500 O5,
Brancn end Well - Wellhead Outlet pressure 300 D5,
Sensitivity configuration :’€"VlU(EC ' Liquid tlowrate r
Custom

X-axis Variabie I Variable 2 Variable 3 Vanable 4


Active \/ Active 1 Active: ~/ Active: 1
Choke Lower~Co * ' '
Sean size Water cut '
Range. Range...
1 in i GK .
>- .9\4'\ _ to
075 40
w‘~ \Ao
1 125
5 :3 u\&u»~»-
.16: 1“
i 2 wt»
"£72.25
I/9 H 25
.19.... Z75
11 > Lawn

Reset boundary conoitions

Q PIPESIM 0 J Close

82 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

3. Review the System results plot and determine the optimum


gas injection rate for the worst-case water cut scenario of
70%.
TIP: Assume that every incremental gas injection rate of 0.5
mmscfld must deliver a minimum incremental liquid __
rate of 100 STB/d to be economical. U

Optimum gas injection ‘ Liq. Prod. Rate,


Water cut, % rate, mmscfld STB/d
70

<..-....».-. 1~,..:,..-. §vilv'IrH4I‘- =1“-at-1 :~¢,..-“.4 1”.-.14.»


M ".1 he 1...
4 __!!£ __7._.___ __
4{:§;M_~
ééf W-,.l‘ ,,......... ....,,._._.
war m. "ml ' ' ' ' ' ' I 7' 7 "W T T ' ' ‘
_--~ _7
..\\.~
E 50>‘
5 I0-\
§ m
= \,.
g “'\\1‘
5 6$~\7
sm-
ii
sac
1 1--

1:»
.50

um-5.-.......1.l
-,.(».m-- w- 0-

System analysis Engm: console 5y5!H‘fl flfl-"B Profile result: Output summary Output detmls

Show gnd I Show plat


1. <‘-new-0 Stock-tank liq.. . GU-Gldhte Stock-tank liq. . GLI-Gaslilte Stock-tank liq...
Gu'G“R"‘
"'"““*’° ' STB/d 1 mmscf;d 1 STB/ d - mmscf'd < sram -
. wuv-I WCUT=70 as _4.miI=&X. upur-as gqcuanx IUHQK llclmwx wCuT=ms
soossm o 6315.285 o 1115.131
swam 05 7585.754 05 ssauos
10050.75 1 3351594 1 1052521
Ln
tn 10394.14 1.5 K551 15 12199575
~v-4»-on 1064103 Z 936872 2 a49s.a32
10057.11 25 $10913 25 a9s2.m
name 3 $1.137 2 9305962
11169.1 35 IGESSS 25 9sa1.4sa
11211556 4 IOLH 34 4 9815153
11311133 45 IOEJQ 45 1000114
1146010 5 1048251 S 1015332
1152255 55 1057539 . 1.
1151545 6 1M515
m uv :-4m Lnlaln
In 116109 6.5 10713.17
~'u 1154936 7 10769.22 7 10530.59
1161394 75 10fll9.54 1.5 IOSQLEB
1169155 8 IUCUSI 8 1M3388
11102.14 85 IKJS7 B5 1M66.94
1110052 9 IUUA6 9 lfifllfi
1110951 95 lfilfil 95 1070733
us$e=uE: cfisw-§w-5fi~»“’fi'”B‘. 1110655 10 IKHWM 10 1071637

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 83


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

4. Determine how much the well would produce at 70% water


cut with the maximum gas injection rate of 3 mmscfld.
Will the gas lift system be able to deliver the target
production rate?

Available gas injection rate, Liq. Prod. Rate,


Water cut, % mmscfld STB/d

Exercise 2 Evaluate ESP performance


An electrical submersible pump (ESP) is a multistage centrifugal
pump that is able to provide a significant boost in pressure to
produce large volumes of reservoir fluids. Each stage of the ESP
consists of an impeller and a diffuser mounted on a shaft. As the
shaft rotates, centrifugal forces created by the impellers impart
kinetic energy on the fluid, after which the diffusers convert this
kinetic energy to pressure, which boosts the fluid as it flows
through the pump, to the discharge.
When you browse to select a pump in the ESP Design task, the
ESP catalog shows a filtered list of recommended pumps when it
launches. The list is ranked based on the efficiency at the design
conditions. The pump recommendations take into account the
casing ID, equipment clearance, and design production rate at
pump intake conditions.
The intake rate is the surface rate corrected to the pump intake
conditions, which also accounts for the dissolved gas. By default,
the only pumps that display in the catalogue, are the ones that fit
into the casing with the specified clearance and can handle the
design flow rate. To see all the pumps in the catalog, clear the
Show recommendedpumps box.

In this exercise, you design an ESP to deliver the design liquid


production rate of 10,000 STB/d at 70% water cut. You install this
pump in the well and evaluate the well performance over the
expected range of water cut conditions.
Continue using the model from the previous exercise.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

1. In the Well editor window under the Artificial lift tab,


deactivate the Gas lift injection point, by clearing its Active
box.
2. Launch the ESP design task from the Home tab.
3. Enter the outlet pressure of 300 psi.
The nodal analysis for the current well conditions is
automatically run and displayed in the plot on the right.
4. Change the Watercut to 7 0%. The nodal analysis plot
automatically updates.
At this new condition, the well is in the unstable region and is
at the point where it soon die. This is consistent with previous
exercises.
5. Enter the Design production rate of 10, O00 STB/d.
6. ln the Pump Selection section, browse to select a Pump.
‘OI V L I

mm: ‘-’\!ll 7 ssv UQSKQH


Jcstripbcn Smglt iump ;d:<1>cn
25¢ mi;
» =~ -1,. -l ~><i N Inn 1i nodal unllvss
siuiui end: Wdt - Wdlhud
QM pvusurt ,5. 1
4 ‘cl
Rwermir plenum § l
Fle-xenon Izmperatuat degF 3 *4
con. §’s so we

~
lit
.~.~¢».v-\'~ »i».»
In
15:0

1.2»/3‘
6.. 1. .,.....m. .... at miQfllfl ":0 .
Design option A66 I nun ESP
D m n 5 =i= tn V Sm h
1.
2 :0.
Qesignfvtqueflty afi >11 E
.1
uas itnalalm present ES
/\ » , >1
F mp: Q4

e... :::; .232: '“" '-"' ='" 5'


smart-at uqunl ll mi no-m ism/.1’: _
<>ii. ex ---- :=>i; Ox/C o =

1
Ga I II! nun: l'i 0

Rset DOUl\flll\'(Cf\fl|llflR5

mrirrsm G -/ Close

NOTE: The only ESP design option available when there is I


no installed ESP in the well model, is to Add a new
ESP. After you install an ESP in the well, you have
the option to Replace the ESP at the same depth or
Add a new ESP at another depth.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 85


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

7. The ESP catalog launches. Select the ESP with the highest
efficiency, as shown in the figure, and click OK.
This pump can handle a range of fluid rates from 8,000 to
14,000 STB/d, which provides some operational flexibility as
the well conditions change.

l Casing ID: 7.511 In

Equipment clearance: 0.5 In

j Dsign frequency 60 Hz

l Design flowrate: 10000 bblld


I Intake liquid rate: 10813.61 bbl/d
take total rate: 10813.51 bb|/d

wehow recommended pumps: J

Manufacturer Model Sens Mi“ .flowrm Max . flowrate Efficierityat dsign condition
‘bbl/d 7- bbl/d %
IS I! ii E
E I TEL1000 lsaa |80lX') |14000 | 1242252
Pmu 135 E 6 IZDBE
CENTRILIFT mots 538 5000 120% 72.07326
neon smoooo 540 7000 120111 68.80346
XPC eseoocz 540 8500 11504 6755951
Obribtnlfl >< X cusoosz S40 7367 139!) 65.68251
KéE:'REDA suasoo 538 60(1) 11000 64.4551
ii a om iooo 70 0 14800 64.34647
l 9 CENTRIUFT KCIZOOD 562 9600 14400 64.26815
5110 ESP TH15000 562 101110 1901!) 63.95747
1.1 CENTRILIFI‘ ec1oooo 513 4400 1201!) 63.7769
12 REDA sssoou 538 4000 11000 62.5355
REDA HN13000 562 9210 16400 62.23656
‘>14 REDA HN10000 562 5000 18000 61.21784
1 j 15 REDA HN13500 S62 SON 18000 61.21784
116 ESP TH10000 562 8000 1180(1) 61.2001
i 17 ESP TH13000 562 8000 18000 60.98032
l 18 ESP T610000 S00 7000 12000 59.74132
, 19 ALNAS AN!/61250 114 8511 11574 53.20614

l
iflrtrcsiiu Q XCani:e|

The Required DP at design rate and the Gas volume fraction


at the pump intake were calculated. The Required DP at
design rate is estimated from the nodal analysis plot as the
difference between the outflow curve value and the inflow
cun/e value at the design rate.

86 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

For this scenario, the GVF is zero at the pump intake


conditions because the fluid is above the bubble point (there
is no free gas).
£§Pa¢ny\ Fug-In
» i-.->~...»m r<|/ ~- lminlriodnluwlvz-1 cu-iagpev»-m--itm-.1. Cmlog .....si¢=ma<..~=
a..».1..~s vu- Wflhnd
Qilflfipiaa-iv: Jw P9 0:: l
Fasuvixlflisswz mo pa-
lesaivoirtltiipuflvvt M1 . 1 1»;
son.» scr sna §
~1i..t..= 3§'i
» .»¢>i.i.--no--.-.1 .1» sac
on90"‘
DCSl§\P"3@l<V-lflflrllz 10000 sis»: 220:
D5‘T‘99‘|9I\ Adda new mi
Wflwdsvfii
D29 0" Ives um»1.
asoci
an
ri
>4: t s.':J l
anew-t=iw==¢ Z931

2 ‘ll/4-\ilk II 591
DMIVIP Lwrmouo
st-q¢1>.»q<¢-ttu-aim 1 1' .x eax saw ;.\-:: .;::; ;.;;: ;
mm dumogtaelar si=<n~u-u Uisud at IA pom tsrs/in
PDWRV dfllzng llflnr — ow-at >--- Dear ::':c.c"r 1-1
Ill! nermisglldof
~1.K.Ȣ. ....-am.-

Required DP ll d¢>gii rut: $1115 pa

6-X Wii
8. Click the Catalog performance curve to see the head,
efficiency, and power requirement for one stage of this pump,
operating at 60 Hz. All these calculations are based on pump
curves provided by the manufacturer, which use water as the
reference fluid.
The PIPESIM ESP design task corrects these curves for the
actual well fluid being lifted.
ts» my-i
~ » w i>.i.»..>.- -i Imhzlnodlllrialysrs (nuo<;pe1»miu-mow: Cllnlngrlrubkweedzurvr
Bum. me wel-waned
00116 pleasure: W isirmmn
ishofiacunumm
Resqvoir pretuc ‘S
imqwricvwamue *9? ‘
GOR: SCF-ST8
wn=<<»: aeega
A ;>= .1. ~,.»_.-.-.'-i Ek
Desqri umimmi mz IMYJ STE I!
-3
Dmgn new-i AM I new E9 5
rump near: mm 11 Y1 §
E
051g1itlEfl\|t1\(\I vi >1;
0»; swnzcr meet
~ = 1.» >15 ‘i 1.
Pump EYTTMM
sage by fibge aiciunam
ma nsmnglxtiw:
Dona dulmg mm. V» n t\ 11:. '.x,\i 1.2;. 1-5;: ;s::. ;s:>:
Fbllfll DM/dl
Rate ixmm; tenor
viwmy tcirldimv

rim-is: Watdcsiqri rat: mums =1


04. mm imm 0

9. Click the Catalog variable speed curve to see the ESP


performance at various frequencies.

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

10. Run the task, review the results on the various tabs, and
record your answers in the table.
cw-q ;..,.:..-a. :1.’-
5*)--»=<=---<= -.i...i,i-w-.-i.............. 4..-....¢........ ».».i..¢.».
sq-i.,...( in flu:
1....,i.-4,-. m
. .....i ».. [1
;»-0-,1».-1 —on srs 1 “T
<1“ 3! a. ‘W
me.-.--44.1 mun
w
7\\\\\' l
.1....,.s..
'1...-.-1..
mm
III! ll M4 . .\_\\ // ‘z
.....,...... 0 --».< 1 gm.
'.....,.....-..r._..... 4
3.11;
-\__\ 1/
fir‘
s--
w mm
a
,-.1, \ ,/ 1
,_. MI
#4“... Tl um
is.- .1»
-M mm: 4.,
w-.4».-N... mus
M-ems» inns:
=..¢i-w-....-. mam £13.‘ .2». 11.»: 1-». aw Mix‘ _.~ .1» .0». 1.». r ...> _
1~a~@- .. --,._ ufllil
W-v-==-0.,-44¢ _-W-an--.-»=»< —=>1<-aw“-we-Q =..=~-1.--..-|~=-1 —<>.»-.-
-...~..-4-=»-=,»=-~—>.e-4,»,-1-. -—’._=..=»<. >110.-v 0 :,--<=.-.

ESP wgll pgrfarrnancg Actual pump performance curve Well nodal analysis Well P-T profile

$TE1llI)0
68$bI53500RPIl.60Hz
Z65
3000 Z63
‘O
2800
65
Z51
2600
60 Z45
2400
55
I200 255
50
2000 Z33

g 1800 ll »
A1»ou-
U 1600 iua>1 Z15
5 1400
-,1 u ii)ivwa
... 3
1200
o.LJ (xi
I5
1000
800 IO
1: IE5
600
“,4
400 10
1'5
200
-_ .-_ ._ -_
O
20-J0 4001) 6000 6000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000
Floinrate (bblId)

88 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

ESP well peffnrmince Actual pump performance curve Well nodal analysis Well P-T profile

4093

3593

w Q30
99"P5‘
In soc X’
ys
am
' in 33-3

In0. 6

6O
ma;Penure|
SIX.‘

\
333 4331 €§" Bl.\'.\'.‘ 13333 12933 14003 15-53: .5"}C .. 3 Z233: Z-.3.
Stock-tank liquid ll nodal pdlfl (STB/d)

— Wm-<~ — oinmw-. —- Bubme Owl". O Ooefat'*g =0 ‘F?


ESP wellperfolmance Actual pump performance ¢u~= Well nodal analysis wellP-T profile

KP dfim :Wd - 5? nub:


Temperature (degF)
1 3 ' 35 193

-50:
71000
-zsoc
-2000
»:soc
-3000
§ -35-JO
5 -&JGC
2 4500
- -5300
-sac:
-500:
-escc
.7000
-~s0c
-aaaz _.i
:3. 1% 23" I330 *5“ SE1 3531
P1259": (ysll

ESP design results (Water cut = 70%)


ESP Model l TE11000
No. of stages 68
Efficiency, % 72.7

Power, hp 255
Head, ft 2,485

Differential pressure, psi 1,017


Fluid temperature rise, degF 1.4

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

11. On the Results tab, click Install ESP. In the Well editor,
verify that the ESP was installed in the tubing.
12. Exit the ESP Design dialog box.
13. Launch the System analysis task and configure it as shown
in the figure to evaluate the well performance over various
pump frequencies and water cuts.
Q El x l
Name Well — System analys:s
Dmmcmon:

$yst=m anlb/5|; System results vmfile results Output summary Oulpul detail;
m- RA ‘Ali lll F 'll'l,APl~R1¥
Branch start: Well - Reservoir Irvin P'=55\"= 3500 Q5!
Branch end: Well » Wellhead Ovflfl P'¢“"'! 300 p5l
SQ!1SRIVIfy (onfigurahcn: Permuted . Llqtlldnflwlfll »
Custom
X-axis Vanablel Variable Z Vlriable 3 Variable 4
K Acme .1 Active 1
ESP TE_11000
Operating W3!!! <0:
Rznqe Range... -, .lv

uw~»-
v auw

..
i7
9 l
ll
JL +E'¢u~4oi
, 12

Reset boundary conditions


Run

E Prrnsm 0 J Close
J

90 PIPESIM Fundamentals. version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

System analysis Engine console Svstem results Profile results Output summary Output details

Show grid I Show plot


A Casegwup
i 1 W€UT=1° % System aniysis : Wu - systuii analysis
i‘ 2 iwcu1=4o
_ at A . 4\dh/
3 WCUT_70 % 3 T
.9 ;;c"
3 13533
T? 120::
95
r
l oea
wra
id is


>
v
0
Sit
qu
ank

-. _ i‘-1 -16 -18 53 52 54 5~ :0


ESP TE11000-0neratmgFrequ¢ncy (H1)

-0' WC1.‘T=1C 56'.‘ WC..7=~‘C ‘e-O‘ 'v‘JCi.T=" \-

Based on the design objective and constraint outlined


previously, which artificial lift option would you select; Gas
Lift or ESP? Why?

Exercise 3 Model multiple completions ‘$-


For your sample well, log analysis shows that a shallow gas zone
exists uphole from the producing zone. As a future artificial lift
option, you investigate the benefits of perforating this zone and
self-lifting the well.
Continue with the model from the previous exercise:
1. Go to the Artificial lift tab in the Well editor window and
delete the Gas lift injection point and ESP.
2. On the Completions tab, add a second completion to the
well at a depth of 8, OOO ft MD.
3. With no test data available, model the reservoir performance
of the upper zone using the pseudo-steady state Darcy IPR
equation.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 91


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

Specify the upper completion using the data in the table.


(Use default values for all unspecified parameters.)

Reservoir properties - Upper gas zone


Property Darcy
Reservoir pressure 3,000 psia
Reservoir temperature 180 degF
Basis of lPR calculation Gas
Use Pseudo-pressure method Yes
Thickness 5 feet
Borehole diameter 12.25 inch
Permeability 20 md
Drainage radius 2,000 ft

Mechanical skin O
Rate Dependent skin 0

Gflflflfil TUDUIBTS DQVl8llOI'lSUl"l€",' DO\'ll'!hO|!tqulpl'l’\2\’\! Ariifinsiiiri Heattransfer Completions Surf5(e2q\.ll9l'flEl’1X


A '|iMPlfYT1';N§

Name Geometry pro... Fluid entry Top MD Middle MD Bothom MD Type Active IPR model
. ft "‘t "t
‘ 1 ‘ i "-/=i:.isa~ ‘ <ii:aliu2ciim " 8806 1 Enifliminn -1 lhlL°l '
2 c 1 [Verbal 'l§iIQ£POiIl\ -l laooo l l9el'fOI'8llOfI l ,4, |Darcy -ll
Lt,
Resep/<1" Skin =iuid model
'rteservoir pressure 300C s
Reserv-air tempe'ature' LSC egF
IPR basis.
~~q~'<*
..‘se pseudo-tvessure method:
Reservoir thickness: 5 ft
Borehole diameter: 12.25 in
Reservoir permeability I0 ml) ‘
Reservoir sriane QDYIQHZ - Drainage qdlus Shape rmai
Drainage 'Bdlh'S ITJCC ‘X ‘

use t'ai~sient Y’\OOEl'

92 PIPESIM Fundamentals. version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Reservoir Skin Fluid model

OPTIONS
Mechanical skin; '. Sicilff , Calculate

Rate dependent skin: I Specify Calculate

4. Create a new fluid for the completion using the Dry gas
template and name it Gas.
l‘ ;_-i~ 5=;=ii..ii¢; Elxl
l
FLUID
Name: I Gas l5-we astemplate

Descnptioru

Properties Viscosity Calibration Thermal

1 SlOU( TANK PRUPERll£> CONTAMINANT Mijiil iRAclli_lN>


‘ WGR -1 0 STB/MMSCF CO2 fraction: 0
i OGR --. 0 STB/MMSCF HZS fraction: 0
T Gasspecific gravity: 0.6636 N2 fraetion:
i Water specific gravityi 1.02 H2 fraction:
l API -= as dAPl CO fraction: one

3 Qi-/cross

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 93


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

5. The well schematic diagram in the Well editor window


updates with changes made to the co nfiguration of the well.
The flow path indication lines that were green up to this point
have changed to red. This indicates that the well is
unsolvable in its current configuration

:_3.3_ft_______.
0 N: i."a -
2' a;u|pn-ien -i‘,-in

“.3 ";§5\ r~r cl


Qft__________,‘V e 1 .
l Z l i‘

l‘ El
J l
Ei
l I
‘Tbi ng lc\
I
ror“ pl

1‘

l l l l

i
it
i"i 1 »
l 1 i 1
l 5 '
ll ll l

l l i
‘i l
V

if I
I. i i,
i ; epl_
i
3<_
8000* l l
B29133.
5 i . 5 Q
'uCi"C

: ca"

l l

§E>65€F""‘

To solve this problem:


a. On the Downhole equipment tab, add a Sliding sleeve at
8,000 ft.
b. Select its Active box.
c. Add a second packer at 7,000 ft; to divert the flow of gas
from the upper zone into the tubing

94 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Well
.3§rFg General Tubulars Deviation survey Dov-riholeeqc pment Artificia
‘~ 0 ul"6 -
5‘Qvll?'”‘&" found Equipment Name Active MD

0 Ubmci 'loi».~ from Cpl , 4,


"IL """"" _ 1 yllacker - Pkl ./ EEOC
l r . ‘-~
y 1 I ' biflq 'lc r:>r'i':pl i Iu N9
‘ _ 3 _Siioirig S4!€\i‘Q ~ Sléévfil 4 BOOC
l i 4 ‘Packer " Pk 2 J "OOC
Y+
PACKER
I Name: Pk Z
Active -/
i I NiQiSuYEd oeoth: TOOC "
I

I
I Pki
‘i . . .

i cpl;
' ,1 i 7 .._____7.
II ‘ PK.

§5QC_.ir._...t ><
!_!l>' <- i “’
sss1c;1_....,‘ " ",>f¢NA
, _ I _ _ _ _ J3? V .
CsgSri

.___.____~ I i
9000 ~.

6. Click the Validations tab.


7. Currently, there is a validation issue with the depth of the
Nodal analysis point because a second completion was
added. PIPESIM requires that the Nodal analysis point be
placed at, or above, the shallowest completion.
8. On the Downhole equipment tab, change the depth of the
NA (Nodal analysis point) to 8000 ft.
9. To analyze the effect of perforating the upper zone, run a P/T
profile task for the existing model, with the worst-case
scenario of 70% water cut in the oil zone.
10. On the Profile results tab, click Show grid.
How much gas is produced from the upper zone that is self-
lifting the well?
11. Record your answer in the table.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 95


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

12. Click Select columns to add the variable Stock-tank gas flow
rate to the Profile results grid.
Ill Select columns U X l
Q l
Retum
to default l

Select Wilvlarrre Q

_. 1.4 I1‘ I‘
J Prssure
Pressure gradient
Rate-dependent skin factor
R5F"°i_',‘*@‘!'§°"’?!.._. " _
Skin due to compacted zone
Skin due to damaged wellbore
Skin due to gravel pack

Z §_Stock-rtyanyk gas flotnrratg I


r n- \

Stock-tank LGR
Stock-tank iiquid flqwrater f
,5f°€!<‘W\|<°?| ,_,,__,_,_ M , _
Z Temperature
Z Total cfrstance
T'"=Y!-‘!?u'¢€"!=PfF'!,.. _ _, _, . _ _ _
Turbuient §I5in duetodamaged V fr
rmkhmgsgaggsn
a o a flewfligflxuflueh Turbulent skin due to perforations

flmwv iillil
In the figure, the gas contribution from the upper zone is
(Cpl1) = 4.888534 - 4.38895 = 3.449 mmscfld.
I'Ywirk Eflwwzwwk we-=-:.» w»l~=~a: Q19lfl¥II\'IlllV Olbrnaenu
.9»-1;-1 Shawulm
-"‘- ‘lvwfzn AI
Lt
lns¢¢<\m-35.3 Or»-4 Ill
:- hnmfll rm ruusuwauam in-.= Iiucfln ru--ma. lnllblrlbl sun-vi o-was-i 9| Bunk
.4 ... ~,~~; --V rr 4| aq: H1 .. ,__.‘_., VWWKVQ
_;__n-mqmmmm, u -an Q! am
A__n~¢u=Qu&mw¢I/ n -urn mum mas imam: Wiilnd
i_n-wswumuwfl-r ... din)
M, 0
nu
D1515
mm
mm
mm
urns
urns
unsrn 14¢
baa
_;_n»-amnion/In
__s__n|-u-=nrz.samu/hr nu»; mu zsaoas man mum was
;Hn--uuuamwn-, rm», wa mm mm ulna ums
_L_n-uu=@L8wu/0;
_;_n--¢=sm.miw/1-1
‘Ln--gunman,
-run-q
Irhrq
r»-5
ms:
mam
mam
xsnu
mm
mm:
nus
unn fifi no
-1
u-ad-1
14$
mus
mun
_!_n-rwnracauwn-, 1»-4 Tm mm mam 1_u u-as-=1 unas
£“n-.1-.Anm¢wi-1 mu mm mam um mum um:
___n-uauzsa awd-1 mm, am: 18351 unu , -l La
H»-\s‘&.6B=Iwl~r 1.1-lg nan mus mm us-5
run
___»--1-nzmuvr-1
_1Lm-gmmnwm
_u_rs-»|=sm.sa=w1I-1
mq
ruin
sag age sg sgs
zmm
mac
mun
man:
mam
mum
zsuw
ram! $3 iu-ra-1
t ititit t Dnldnll
nus

.='
__v_m--mmnw-, \r\-\| -1:! 2771.71 mun rum: rmawv mu-1
;_ru.-u=ss:.m»u/l~/ rw-1 421:5 mus: mar nun ==smum
H
a s s5:555: rum; we‘-w unsx
rue--u A-2::
“_;_n--hnuszrinu/aq r-A-q -142: mm: mm: uzuu
_I__F\v-mc=§!Q£8aII1fiy Vrbrru -11-ms ZIIIJIII mm um was Urddrd 11::
_g_rb¢-“mam/an 1»Hv| -mu arms mans min ass u-ea--1 4:194
_z3_n-m=u2.m»w¢-1 rum; ~11» 2121.101 mam unuz sum lhilrm ism
£_R-mnafiimrlfl/llv rm; rum muss mam mnsw 0274 Ihddnoi Ans:
____n-an-Q1551»:/Irv 1-an 1Izn3 nus mum nuns usru u-44-1 A_534
m-usmsanwlw rim"
‘libino
5§ § § §:§i §g§ §i as
mm
anus
mum
axwzz
mm
11.57!
mas
cam
mm
MAJM1 rs:
mam A-$3
I88 n-.-.-Qua 1»:/In mu
zr nnmmmmm
3 Flavnne-&2.i8rIwlIv
vi--1
‘\fiIfl
nw
um
mu
mu
uruiz
mun
nun
amass
u_ns¢1
m-run
mam
mam fifififi ¥H'§‘ H'!’.FI'H’
Indira Amy
wum Ana

96 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Self-lifting results
Liquid Rate (STB/d) l
Gas Rate (upper zone) (mmscfld) l

How does the self-lifting compare with the targeted gas lifting
modeled in Exercise 1: Evaluate gas lift performance?

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 97


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

Lesson 7 Downhole chokes


A downhole choke is used to control flow inside a wellbore. All the
calculations associated with a downhole choke are similar to that
of a surface choke.

2* Exercise 1 Model a downhole choke


A downhole choke is used to control the flow of gas from the
upper completion in the model from the previous exercise,
assuming that there is a surface gas production constraint of4
mmscfld per well.
1. In the Downhole equipment tab of the Well editor window,
add a choke to the list and configure it as shown in the figure.
General Tubulars Deviation survey Downhole equipment Artificial lift

Equipment Name Active MD


H v
J
Packer - Pk 1 ./ 8500
NA
‘ Siiding sleeve ' Steeve 1 J 8000
-b-wiui—* E { YDDC
Choke ' Ck 1 ~/V 7500 I
+
CHOKE
Name: Ck l
Active J

Genital Advanced

Sun-critical correlation: Mechanistic '


C ritical cor'elation: Mechanistic '

0 All correlations require hydrocarbon liquids at stock tank


conditions except Mechanistic and API~14B

Bean size: i ‘
Critical pressure ratio: ' Specify Calculate
0.53
Tolerance: 0.5 % '
Jpstrearn pipe ID: in -
Measured depth: T-‘S00 ft '

98 PlPESlM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performanoe analysis

2. Reconfigure the System analysis task to calculate the liquid


flow rate for a range of choke bean sizes (orifice sizes) from
0.5 to 3.525 inches, in increments of 0.25 inch and for the
worst-case water cut scenario of 70%.
53 i: x
Name Well - Syfltffl analysis
Description:
Syfltm analysis Sysiln TBUIG Profile results Output summary Output details
.iENtkA At~_L|tfi‘tl"v-'\r§lr‘<E"
BfBI'\(h start; Well - Rservoir W" P'*§\"= 2500 pit
Branch end: war - Wdlheld Owls! Prlssurs 300 PSI
5€f\SI\Iv|lyCGIIfl§\.tfillOl'\1p¢fV1‘\U!¢d - ' Liquidilowrate -
. .

X-axis Variable 1 Variable 1 Variable 3 Variable I


- . .. - ' 1 Active ./ Active 1
cu - Cpl - F V -
Bean size - Water tut -
' IIQLH7 V H Anqe... 7 ;:
I - % '

i z 0.15 ______
s it .3.
4 ‘L25 _$._
5 15 E5
Fctui
HO
i._._i
8 i

#88 i gin
~l[I\
1
J;
i5i:'é»8~ 1 u'.~"; ~.

° Reset boundary conditions


Run '

m PIPESIM Q ides: ii

3. Run the task. Double-click the plot, select the Bottom X-axis.
4. Under the Axis Scales section, clear the Automatic min/max
box.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 99


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

5. Change the axis increment so the plot appears.


System analysis En gine console System results Profile rautts Output summary Output details

Show grid - Show plot

Systelrrxriysiszflel-Systernmdyss
E _; 1; 1 t I

§n
9 22..
1n
gem
‘FF
54.
~
1
ug ~
ma era:
2 ‘asp
E= s
E 4
nlt
w

Sout c
EFE‘

. _ S 41 4 2_ a ;a
Ck 1-BQIHSIII (ill)

6. Determine the required choke bean size to honor the gas


constraint of4 mmscfld per well and the produced liquid rate
at that bean size. Record your results in the table.
(Double-click the plot, change the Y-axis variable to Stock-
tank gas at outlet, and reconfigure the axis increment, as
needed).
7. The Choke bean size required to constrain the gas rate to 4
mmscfld (1.05 inches).

Review questions
Q9 - What is the purpose of Nodal analysis?
What is the purpose of performing a fluid calibration with
laboratory data?
- What is the purpose of tuning the Productivity Index for the
completion with data from a Flowing Gradient Survey?

100 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Oil well performance analysis

Summary
In this module, you learned about:
- performing a Nodal analysis
- estimating bottomhole flowing conditions
- calibrating PVT data
- performing IPR matching
- conducting water cut Sensitivity analysis
- evaluating gas lift performance
- designing and installing an ESP
- modeling multiple completions
- installing a downhole choke

PIPESIM Fundamentals. version 2014 101


Oil well performance analysis Schlumberger

NOTES

102 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Module 4 Gas well performance


This module guides you through the workflow of modeling a gas
production well as a compositional fluid, rather than as a black oil
fluid.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- build a simple compositional well model
- calibrate the inflow model
- select optimum tubing size
- evaluate erosion concerns
- model flowline and choke performance
- analyze liquid loading issues

Lesson 1 Compositional fluid modeling


PIPESIM offers full Compositional fluid modeling as an alternative
to Black oil modeling. In compositional modeling, you specify
individual components (Methane, Ethane, Water, etc.) that
comprise the fluid and model the fluid phase behavior using
equations of state.
Compositional fluid modeling is generally regarded as more
accurate for wet gas, condensate, and volatile oil systems.
However, detailed compositional data is less frequently available
to a production engineer, which often constrains the engineer to
using Black oil fluid models for fluids better suited to compositional
modeling.
PIPESIM provides four fluid modes: Black oil, Compositional, PVT
file, and MFL file. Refer to the PIPESIM Help for details on each of
these fluid modes.

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

In the Compositional fluid mode, PIPESIM allows you to choose


among three PVT flash packages.

Multiflash A third-party compositional package (KBC)


Eclipse A newer interface to the ECLIPSE two-phase
300 Flash flash has been introduced, allowing additional
Equations of State
GERG A two-phase flash using the GERG-2008
2008 Flash Equation of State

It is important to note that the Multiflash package can be accessed


in PIPESIM in two distinct ways.

Multiflash in the compositional fluid mode (native)


This option uses a subset of the full Multiflash package, specially
adapted for the PIPESIM interface. This option is enabled when
you set the fluid mode to Compositional and choose Multiflash as
the PVT package.
The entire fluid definition is done at a global level using the
PIPESIM interface. The same set of selected models (Equation of
State, viscosity, BIP set, etc.) are applied to all individual fluids
defined in the workspace. The models available with this option
are a subset of the full extent of the models available with the full
Multiflash standalone package enabled in PIPESIM using MFL file
mode. The Gas Well performance exercise (Module 4) use this
option, that is Multiflash native.

Multiflash MFL files


This option is enabled when you set the fluid mode to MFL file.
The fluid definition is done using MFL files, which are created by
launching the Multiflash interface from PIPESIM.
This option gives you access to the full extent of the models
available in the Multiflash package and is the required option for
wax and asphaltene thermodynamics. Refer to the PIPESIM Help
for more details.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Equations of State
Equations of State (EoS) describe the pressure, volume, and
temperature (PVT) behavior of pure components and mixtures.
Most thermodynamic and transport properties are calculated from
functions derived from an Equation of State.
One of the simplest Equations of State is the ideal gas law, PV =
nRT, which is roughly accurate for gases at low pressures and
high temperatures.
NOTE: The Black oil model uses this equation along with a
compressibility factor (z) to account for non-ideal
behavior.

This equation, however, becomes increasingly inaccurate at


higher pressures and temperatures and fails to predict
condensation from a gas to a liquid. As a result, much more
accurate Equations of State have been developed for gases and
liquids.
These are the Equations of State available in PIPESIM 2014.1.
Refer to the PIPESIM Help for details.
Multiflash - 3-parameter Peng-Robinson (1976)
- 3-parameter Standard Soave-Redlich-
Kwong (1972)
- Multi-reference Fluid Corresponding
States (CSMA)
- Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling (BWRS)
- Cubic Plus Association (CPA).
ECLIPSE 300 - 3-parameter Peng-Robinson (1978)
Hash - 3-parameter Standard Soave-Redlich-
Kwong (1972)
GERG GERG 2008

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

Viscosity
Compositional fluid models also use viscosity models based on
corresponding state theory. Available viscosity models include:
- Pederson (default)
- Lohrenz-Bray-Clark (LBC)
- Aasberg-Petersen
- PedersenTwu*
- SuperTRAPP*
*available only with Multiflash
The Pedersen model is a predictive corresponding states model,
originally developed for oil and gas systems. It is based on
accurate correlations for the viscosity and density of the reference
substance, which is methane. The model is applicable to both gas
and liquid phases.
The SuperTRAPP model is a predictive, extended corresponding
states model that uses propane as a reference fluid. It can predict
the viscosity of petroleum fluids and well-defined components,
over the entire phase range from dilute gas to the dense fluid.
Overall, the SuperTRAPP method is the most versatile method for
viscosity predictions and its performance is generally better than
the other methods. However, PIPESIM uses the Pedersen
method as the default, because it also is widely applicable and
accurate for oil and gas viscosity predictions.
The choice you make for the Equation of State has a significant
impact on the viscosities and other fluid properties predicted by
these methods. It is important to research the equations of state
before choosing one that is recommended and most accurate for
the fluid you are trying to model.
For more information, refer to the PIPESIM and Multiflash help for
details.

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Binary interaction coefficients


Binary interaction coefficients are adjustable factors used to alter
the predictions from a model to match experimental data. They
are usually generated by fitting experimental vapor-liquid
equilibrium (VLE) or liquid-liquid equilibrium (LLE) data to the
model.
Binary interaction coefficients apply to pairs of components,
although the fitting procedure can be based on both binary and
multi-component phase equilibrium information.
PIPESIM has default sets of binary interaction coefficients
(Figure 16). They can be overridden, and you can supply your
own data (Figure 17).
‘ ;li_i"fl manager U X

Fluids Fluid mapping Component-‘model settings

A M l'J‘_'1[L 5

PVT package: Multiflash '


Equation of state 3-parameter Peng—Robi... '
Viscosity: Pedersen
Volume shift correlation: Multiflash
Critical property correlation: Kesler-Lee
Thermal coefficient correlation: Multiflash
Acf correlation: Kesler-Lee
Salinity model: None '
Override binary interaction coefficients: 1 _
Binary interaction coefficients: Oil and gas 4 -

IIIIPIPPSIM 9
Figure 16 Binary interaction coefficients

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 107


Gas well performance Schlumberger

L
ZXl
O
FILIIGS Flurdmlpping Cnmpontfll-mudelstmngs
A r .
wvr package Multiflash
Equmicn cl state 3'pi\rarr\!leI am,-Rob...
Viscosity- Pedersen
Volume gm correlation Multiflash
(mini pvoperfy zorvdanonz K:s\er~Lee
rhemw coefficient curretatron Mulhfllsh
Ad <en=ml<>n Kesler-Lee
sanmr, model: Ncne
o~tY!1d€ binary iflltlbfllvfl KDQNKIEIIEI .
» V ‘l rw M~r.
A 5‘-4,-J‘ .>;'. ; . .; r».

_ Mame Eflune mpm lwbnlbne am»; lsapuwane Pemane Henna Wis Clo
00154511 0 0203845 0.0247159 0.0247459 0.0ZB60% O .0ZB50% 0 0320896 05 0.037I097
Ethan:
_o m.s4su 0 0 024B? 0.01419 7 0 .02B’lS% 0 0B1$86 0 03157992 05119 0.0574509? r
__oo2o2s4: 0 0 G 0 0Z71S6§ 0 0371865 0 03066716 6 S1403 003547347
mud» luoz-mes 0 02437 0 0 N" _o 0 G 02753131 051% 0 05370281
;;l|£ni_ in 0347469 G 0Zl297 0 0 l 0 0 0 03733181 O 51515 0 05370282
aisle 0286086 0 0231536 0 0171865 0 o 0* _iiiiiiD 051565 0 U157D‘B‘§
Li@}__‘o ozaeoes O 023155 0 0371865 0 o 0 0 0 S15 0 01 370%
Henna ,0 02202996 0 03157992 0 03060746 0 01703181 0112763181 o 0 .°,5.1‘?5f9?._ _ °
‘Win .0 s 0 5119 0 5140: 0 51 .\ as o s1 S15 0.51565 0 516 0.5!5S-QM 0
£12 Bl . . . .
_c1~ to 02190091 O 03745093 0 03647347 003370281 oozsvozaz amaioss 0.0187086 0 0 5175164 "M _ J

Q rrvssm Q ~/ Close

Figure 17 Override binary interaction coefflcients

Emulsion viscosities
An emulsion is a mixture of two immiscible liquid phases. One
phase (the dispersed phase) is carried as droplets in the other
(the continuous phase). ln oil/water systems at low water cuts, oil
is usually the continuous phase.
As water cut increases, there comes a point at which phase
inversion occurs and water becomes the continuous phase. This is
the critical water cut ofphase inversion, also known as the cutoff,
which typically occurs between 55% and 70% water cut. The
viscosity of the mixture is usually highest at, and just below, the
cutoff.

108 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Emulsion viscosities can be many times higher than the viscosit Y


of either phase alone. A number of methods for predicting
emulsion viscosity are available for Compositional fluids in
PIPESIM on the Viscosity tab (Figure 18).

Q Elli .::l_ll El x
FLUID
Name: CFluid
Description:

Composition Viscosity
MIXTURE
Emulsion viscosity method: Set to viscosity of the continuous p... '
Inversion watercut: Set to viscosity of the continuous phase
Volume ratio of oil and water viscosities
PIPESIM Original Woelflin Loose Emulsion
Woelflin Loose Emulsion
Woelflin Medium Emulsion
Woelflin Tight Emulsion
Brinkman
Vand, Vand coefficients
Vand, Barnea B1 Mizrahi coefficients
Vand, user defined coefficients
Richardson
Leviton & Leighton
User defined table

mew» 0
Figure 18 Emulsion viscosity options

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

V Exercise 1 Create a compositional fluid


model
1. launch PIPESIM and c-Launch PIPESIM and create a new
well-centric workspace.
2. On the Home tab, select Compositional from the Fluid
manager drop-down list. This launches the Compositional
fluid editor.
WԤ3.I=

=1 $5 area.
0 5 V
.,.—:- .=- ex
_
1“) a :¢~ FIE i=e1.u
Fec
i|_,,,,;;
~
: ~-- ~»» -. - ~ ~ --11¢ mg ie" -i;< rrniqrr wisw
>1 _V i-< ...~ ii ms~ lvocarcr acltri"

aha‘: Smé L + I X +
; Vi ' g r
.55 -3 E US Deviation survey QOWVVPGFQ Equlplnevit l\!Yr(l(=|l if! ‘eat !7IrvS1t' (;>mple!iO S §k|!0B(E Qcuiumevii

g I if ‘ Well 03"‘! Well

““‘ I Arrive 1
g Nelltype rm (U611 ll'l_)Q(!‘O"
C'\e<<:aivesetting BIDC

3. In the Componentlmodel settings tab of the Fluid


Manager, select the following PVT package and models.

O
Fluids Fluid mapping Component./model settings

A Mi'l[)El S

PVT package Multiflash '


Equation of state: 3-parameter Peng~Robi... -
Viscosity. Pedersen '
Volume shift correlation: Multiflash
Critical property correlation: Kesler-Lee
Thermal coefficient correlation: Multiflash
Acf correlation: Kesler-Lee

*"""~/
Override binary interaction coefficients:
Binary interaction coefficients: Oil and gas 4 -

0 NOTE: If you do not have the license features required to


use Multiflash, select the E300 PVT package.

110 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

4. Add the following components to the fluid template by


selecting the boxes next to each of them in the Fluid
Components list. There should be 9 components in total.

Composition
Methane l lsopentane
Ethane l Pentane
Propane l Hexane
lsobutane l Water
Butane

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 111


Gas well performance Schlumberger

5. Create a new C7+ pseudo-component.


a. Click New at the top of the Fluid Components section.
b. Enter only the Name, Molecular weight, and Specific
gravity for the C7+ component, as shown in the figure.
c. All other properties are automatically calculated based on
the properties you specified.
d. Click OK when complete. (Refer to the figure that follows.)
0 NOTE: In the interface, the italic font indicates calculated
fields (such as Critical pressure and Acentric factor).
Normal (non-italicized) font indicates fields for user
input
l
m F-mi .f‘~ EX;
l

GENERAF, "l;»'1.T+\

Name:
Type: 0 H drocarbcn Non hydrocarbi
Molecular weight: I-* V’+

Boiling point: 2'83. 8618 0. ID in ‘T1


Specific gravity: 0Q
,._683
.
Critical temperature: 5?-1.241 degF ..

Critical pressure: 294.1559 psi '


Acentric factor: 0. 4341695
Critical molar volume: 001747683 fl:3.i'mol '
Omega A: 0.4572355
Omega B: 007779607
Critical Zfactor: 02101649
l
Critical viscosity". Cp ‘i

Parachor". 269. 7031


Reference density: 4255302 lbmi'ft3 - ;
I Reference temperature: 68 degF '
EOS volume shift:
Watson Kfactor: 1613504 degR"1,i'3 '
Enthalpy of vaporization: Btu.i'lb—mole '
Calorific value: Btu,/lb-mole '
Thermal expansion coefficient 1./F '

v THERMAL [1flFFFli:lENT§ (ii ij iii

Iflmrsiivi Q XCancel l

112 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

6. Go to the Fluids tab and click to create a new fluid from


the components you just added to the fluid template.
7. Double-click the row of the newly-created fluid to open the
Fluid editor.
8. Enter the moles for each component as shown in the table.
The phase diagram automatically updates as you enter the
moles for each component.
Component Moles Component Moles
Water .00 Butane 1.5
Methane 78.0 l lsopentane 0.8
Ethane 8.0 l Pentane 0.5
Propane 3.5 lHexane 0.5
lsobutane 1.2 lC7+ 6.0

3530

3930

Z530

C aoo

500
0-"In
Pr(ps
es ure

1990

9. 590

J I

-2 O0 -100 O 11).’) 293 3 QC


Temperature (degF)

— Dew ‘ire — 5l.lbbl€ line O Cr‘tica poirt


O Flash port

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014 113


Gas well performance Schlumberger

In the Flash/Tune fluid section of the same window, you can


enter any pressure and temperature and the fluid is flashed
at those conditions. The phase properties and compositions
resulting from the flash appears. Flash the fluid at the
reservoir conditions: 4 600 psi and 280 degF.
- What phases are present?
- What percentage of each phase is present?
Composition Viscosity
Cumpenems »~ =~-aw r !Ni‘— Hr
Pressure 461K] 5| ' Sflto standard condifloni
Name Moles Mole fradion Temperature - zeo egF
mol ‘*=
Phasevatlor Spec rfy - Calc ulate
+1 Wit! 0
_z_; Mqhane 73 78 00R '1 Infinity scr "bbl
ii Ethane 8 8 Watermt ~ 1 ‘.2
L1! Pvopint 3.5 35
'\ L'PlR\l Ml \ll "J\
lsobutane 1.2 1.2
L; Butane 1.5 1.5
>71} lsopentane 0.8 03
Component Mntuve 6:5
ii Pm»: 0.5 0.5
it H91"! 0.5 0.5
10 ; C7- 5 6 1 Methane 0.78 0.78
l 2 lzuim OIB 008
25:: I 3 vmpm 0.035 UB5
Q KODUYBIIQ 04112 0.012
‘ s ‘BL!/80¢ 0.015 0.015
tirsflpemlne NIB OMB
l7 Pmkane OMS 01135
Elam": OMS 0.1135
ls c1~ 0.06 0.06
§ 2:2:
2 - l‘>r,‘4\§Y‘|Qrv(l;‘
5
3 15:: _ Parameter Unit Miature Gas
5
EL‘ Mole Traction nan. >- 1
I Z Miss frldjon fl-act.
LT: Volume rm:-on
}T Viscosity
ill Molecular wenght
tract.
-:P
>~>-

2631044
~ I , 7i;’- i
2630044
i 6 Density (molar) lb-mole'fi3 ' 05815394 OSNSDQQ
'7 Densiity(mass) lbm/R3 1553145 1553145
1" * 9" w Sv
Temperature (u;9Fl a Ervthalpy(molar) Btu/'lb—mc|e 7103542 710.3542
9 Wmmpyrmmi-) Btu/lbmul... -O1fl7l6Z473 -0.N746Zl73
— Den’ Fl -5.»: “e O 1.-ma DO? %jL:iIr|temal:ne|'gy(mola|) Btu/'lb—mcle -731-U85 -731.0885
0 =;;>;>;i- in Gihb$freeenergy(m0lcr) Btu/lb—mole 6111.158 623.148
:11 Isochcric specific heltclpxity Btu/lbmol... 1413554 1413554
‘ 13 llsobancsnecrficheatclnatviv Btu/lbmol... ' 19.77011 19.77011

10. Change the number of moles of water in the fluid to 1. 89.


You observe that a very small amount of a liquid water phase
appears. Change the number of moles to 1. 88, and notice
that the fluid reverts to a single gas phase.
The fluid is at the water dew point. It is virtually saturated with
water and cannot hold any more water in the vapor phase.

114 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

NOTE: Water can be carried along with the gas in the vapor 0
phase or entrained in the gas in droplet form. There
is a maximum amount of water vapor that a gas is
able to hold at any given temperature and pressure.
A gas is completely saturated when it contains the
maximum amount of water vapor for the given
pressure and temperature conditions.

11. Change the number of moles of water to 1.88.


12. Close the fluid editor and return to the Fluids tab of the Fluid
manager to see the GOR and Water cut values for the fluid.
They should match the values in the figure.
5 : ><
Fluids Fluid mapping : mpcnentimndd Sdllngg
Fri--.1 GISIIIGIYPQ .- lsrniuunrt WIte1!ztintypeWl\e1 ID W Jlenauounn I D5 ("pum-
. GOR -em .
L

Lesson 2 Gas well deliverability a


Based on the analysis for flow data obtained from a large number
of gas wells, Rawllns and Schellhardt (1936) presented a
relationship between the gas flow rate and pressure drawdown
that can be expressed as:

= C(PR2 — PWF2)n
where:
Q“. = Gas rate (mmscfld)
PR = Average static reservoir pressure (psia)
PW,-= Flowing bottomhole pressure (psia)
C = Flow coefficient (mmscf/d/psiz)
n = Non-Darcy exponent
The exponent n is intended to account for the additional pressure
drop caused by high-velocity gas flow, such as flow caused by
turbulence. Depending on the flowing conditions, the exponent n
can vary from 1.0 for completely laminar flow to 0.5 for fully
turbulent flow.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 115


Gas well performance Schlumberger

The performance coefficient C in the equation is included to


account for the following parameters:
~ Reservoir rock properties
- Fluid properties
~ Reservoir flow geometry
This equation is commonly referred to as the Deliverability or
Back-pressure equation. The coefficients of the equation (n and C)
are determined from well deliverability tests. When they are
determined, the gas flow rate QM. can be calculated at any
bottomhole flowing pressure PW,.»and IPR curve can be
constructed.
Deliverability testing has been used for more than sixty years by
the petroleum industry to characterize and determine the flow
potential of gas wells.
There are essentially three types of deliverability tests:
- Conventional deliverability (back-pressure)
- lsochronal
- Modified isochronal
Essentially, these tests consist of flowing wells at multiple rates
sequentially and measuring the bottomhole flowing pressures as a
function of time. The stabilized flow rates and bottomhole
pressures are then plotted on a log-log plot and fit with a straight
line. The exponent n is calculated as the slope of the line.
The flow coefficient C is calculated from the equation itself using
the calculated n value, as well as the rate and flowing bottomhole
pressure from one stabilized well test during the flow period.

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Exercise 1 Calculate gas well deliverability 7‘

In this exercise, you construct a simple gas well model and


perform a simulation to calculate the well deliverability.
1. Construct a simple well model with these listed parameters.
Any information not explicitly provided should be left to its
default value in PIPESIM.

Casing d ata
Casing ID 8.681 inches
Casing wall thickness 0.472 inches
Casing bottom MD 11,200fi
Casing roughness 0.001 inches
Tubing data
Tubing ID 3.476 inches
Tubing wall thickness 0.262 inches
Tubing bottom MD 10,950 ft
Tubing roughness 0.001 inches
Downhole equipment
Packer depth 10,000 ft
Heat transfer data
Heat transfer coefficient 2 Btu/(h.degF.ft2)
Soil temperature at 30 degF
wellhead
Completion data
Completion depth 1 1 ,O0O feet
IPR model Well Pl
Reservoir pressure 4,600 psia
Reservoir temperature 280 degF
IPR basis Gas
Gas Pl 1E-O6 mmscf/d/psiz

2. On the Completions tab, click the Fluid model tab.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

if
Exercise 1 Calculate gas well deliverability
In this exercise, you construct a simple gas well model and
perform a simulation to calculate the well deliverability.
1. Construct a simple well model with these listed parameters.
Any information not explicitly provided should be left to its
default value in PIPESI

Casing data
Casing ID 8.681 inches
Casing wall thickness 0.472 inches
Casing bottom MD 11,200ft
Casing roughness 0.001 inches
Tubing data
Tubing ID 3.476 inches
Tubing wall thickness 0.262 inches
Tubing bottom MD 10,950 ft

Tubing roughness 0.001 inches


Downhole eq uipment
Packer depth 10,000 ft
Heat transfer data
Heat transfer coefficient 2 Btu/(h.degF.ft2)
Soil temperature at 30 degF
wellhead
Comp lefion data
Completion depth 1 1 ,O0O feet
IPR model Well Pl

Reservoir pressure 4,600 psia


Reservoir temperature 280 degF
IPR basis Gas
Gas Pl 1E-O6 mmscf/d/psiz

2. On the Completions tab, click the Fluid model tab.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

3. Map the compositional fluid you created in the previous task,


to the completion by selecting it from the drop-down list.
4. Save your workspace.
.
Launch the PIT profile task from the Home tab.
.
Select Gas flow rate as the Calculated Variable.
.
Enter an Outlet Pressure of 800 psi.
Q)\lO)U‘l .
Leave the Default profile plot set to Elevation vs. Pressure,
then click Run.
9. Review the Profile results (grid and plot) and record your
answers in the table.

Results
Gas Rate (mmscfld)
Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi)
Bottomhole temperature (degF)
Wellhead temperature (degF)

-7‘ Exercise 2 Calibrate the inflow model using


multipoint test data
In this exercise, you use a different IPR model; the Back pressure
equation. You calibrate it with multipoint well test data. The C and
n parameters are tuned to match the well test data. Continue
using the same model.
1. Go to the Completions tab ofthe Well editor.
2. Change the IPR model to Back pressure.
3. On the Reservoirtab, select Use test data.
4. Set the Test Type to Multipoint.
5. Enter the test data in the following table.

Multipoint test data


QG (mmscfld) pwf (psi)
9.7 3,000
1 1 .9 2,500
14.3 1 ,8OO

118 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

The IPR plot auto-generates, and values of C and n are


calculated.
_e¢e~a- Koala-2 Devilrxonsenex )oM*hr:ieuwr.vv\ev\' ~lRl1l(i>?'Y! -mi-mm (aiwlehons Sofll<eequor»<n'
~ 4- r.
nu" am-my pus. ma envy You MD Mndte no mm» MD rm Mun IPR mndel
i. ._ ..
__;__ st» em 5 .;r< -.;m>¢ _ Pertorlhou .
L
inervcq Hold wooe-

.¢;a.;..;»=er.-Q am :54
we er-oernlore _
tat xg .;>;
P =1. . __,,_
mm“: umsse-0‘ -v\r'~;<': at
stew» 1 '°'
..< ‘est jail I .2; I
Tea: 7,1» rm“ _
1 . .
Q M 3x
' = >JJ:l
1 ,~' scar .
_; ..= :sx 1»;
3 ,..'; .s;¢ ,
+ ;.~.».;.

<2 lmmsdlfli

6. Re-run the PIT profile task using the same boundary


conditions from the previous exercise. Record your answers
in the table.
How do the results from both exercises compare’?

Calibrated back
Results Well PI pressure
Gas Rate (mmscfld)
Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi)
Bottomhole temperature (degF)
Wellhead temperature (degF)

Back pressure equation


Parameter C (mmscf/d/psi"2n)
Parameter n

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

6 Lesson3 Erosion prediction


Erosion has been long recognized as a potential source of
problems in oil and gas production systems. Erosion can occur in
solids-free fluids, but usually, it is caused by entrained solids
(typically sand).
Currently, the API 14 E method is the only one supported in
PIPESIM 2014 for erosion velocity calculations. However,
PIPESIM Classic versions (2012 and older) support both the API
14 E model and the Salama model.
The API 14 E model comes from the American Petroleum
Institute, Recommended Practice, number 14 E. This is a solids-
free model that calculates only an erosion velocity (no erosion
rate).
The erosion velocity Ve is calculated with the formula:

C
Ve=——
J3;
Which you can evaluate with the actual flowing velocity to provide
the erosional velocity ratio:

EVR = l/1%
Ve
where
Vmua, = actual velocity of fluid
Ve = API 14E Erosional velocity limit
rm = mixture density of fluid (lbm/ft3)
C = empirical constant representing pipe material
E VR = erosional velocity ratio

120 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

The following values of C in oilfield units are suggested in


literature:
- C = 100 for continuous, non-corrosive, solids-free service
- C = 125 for intermittent, non-corrosive, solids-free service
- C = 150-200 for continuous, corrosive, solids-free service
- C = 250 for intermittent, corrosive, solids-free service
NOTE: Continuous and intermittent corrosive fluids are 0
treated with a corrosion inhibitor or corrosion-
resistant material.

The recommended value of C in engineering units, which also is


the PIPESIM default, is 100. This default value corresponds to
122 in SI units. It has been noted that this is a conservative value.

The current practice for eliminating erosional problems in piping


systems is to limit the flow velocity to the flow calculated by this
API equation.

Exercise 1 Select a tubing size 17*


In this exercise, you perform a Nodal analysis to select an
optimum tubing size. The available tubing sizes have IDs of2.441
inches, 2.992 inches, 3.476 inches, and 3.958 inches.
Your final decision is based on these criteria:
- Flow rate (The higher the better, until the erosional velocity is
reached. This is because more liquid droplets are carried at
higher velocities, which increases the erosion risk).
~ Erosional velocity ratio (<1)
- Tubing cost (Generally increases with size).

Continue using the model from the previous exercise:


1. Go to Home > Simulation settings > Erosion/Corrosion.
2. Confirm that the Erosion velocity constant (C value) of 100 is
entered for the API 14e erosion model.
3. Launch the Nodal analysis task from the Home tab.
4. Select Bottomhole as the nodal point, when prompted.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 121


Gas well performance Schlumberger

5 Enter 800 psia as the Outlet Pressure.


6 On the Sensitivities tab, enter the available tubing IDs under
the Outflow Sensitivity:
- 2.441 inches
- 2.992 inches
- 3.476 inches
- 3.958 inches
7 Run the model and view the Profile results (not the System
results).
8 Double-click the plot and change the X-axis variable to
Erosional Velocity Ratio.
Which tubing size best satisfies the decision criteria? Choose
the smallest size that is free from erosion issues, unless the
increase in gas rate is significant (> 5%).
Selected Tubing Size inch
9 Record the results in the table for the selected tubing size
and specify this tubing size in subsequent exercises and
procedures.

Results
Selected Tubing ID (inches)
Gas rate (mmscf/d)
Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi)
Flowing bottomhole temperature (degF)
Flowing wellhead temperature, degF
Max Erosional velocity ratio

122 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Lesson 4 Choke modeling


Wellhead chokes are used to limit production rates to meet
surface constraints, protect surface equipment from slugging,
avoid sand problems because of high drawdown, and control flow
rate to avoid water or gas coning. Placing a choke at the wellhead
increases the wellhead pressure and, thus, the flowing bottomhole
pressure, which reduces the production rate.
Pressure drop across wellhead chokes is usually significant.
Various choke flow models are available for critical (sonic) and
sub-critical flow.
Sound waves and pressure waves are both mechanical waves.
When the fluid flow velocity in a choke reaches the traveling
velocity of sound in the fluid for the in situ condition, the flow is
known as sonic flow.
Under sonic flow conditions, the pressure wave downstream of
the choke cannot go upstream through the choke because the
medium (fluid) is traveling in the opposite direction at the same
velocity. As a result, a pressure discontinuity exists at the choke,
which means that the downstream pressure does not affect the
upstream pressure.
Because of the pressure discontinuity at the choke, any change in
the downstream pressure cannot be detected from the upstream
pressure gauge; likewise, any change in the upstream pressure
cannot be detected from the downstream pressure gauge.
Sonic flow is a unique choke feature that is desirable because it
stabilizes the well production rate and separator operating
conditions.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

Sonic flow at a choke depends on the downstream-to-upstream


pressure ratio (Figure 19). If this pressure ratio is less than a
critical pressure ratio, sonic (critical) flow exists. If this pressure
ratio is greater than, or equal to, the critical pressure ratio, sub-
sonic (sub-critical) flow exists.

li__l
q——> cl
D1 1 [il_i\
i, _
P2

03

02- *

Q Critical .
<1 r.»
01 _ .U) ubcritical

_ ~_ ,._

r
I

O . I . | . I . r . | .
O 02 04 06 U8 1 12
pgfrpf

Figure 19 Effect on flow rate of pressure decrease across a


choke

The critical pressure ratio is approximately 0.55 for natural gas,


and a similar constant is used for oil flow.

124 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

ln some wells, chokes are installed in the lower section of tubing


strings. This choke arrangement reduces wellhead pressure and
enhances oil production rate as a result of gas expansion in the
tubing string. For gas wells, a downhole choke can reduce the risk
of gas hydrates. A major disadvantage of using a downhole choke
is that replacing it is costly.

7%
Exercise 1 Model a flowline and choke
In this exercise, you modify the well from the previous task to
include a flowline and choke. You then use the gas rate calculated
in the previous exercise to determine the choke bean size that
results in a manifold (end of flowline) pressure of 710 psi.
Continue using the model from the previous exercise.
1. On the Tubulars tab of the well editor, make sure that the
tubing ID is set to the optimum tubing size determined from
the previous exercise (3.476 inches).
2. Click the Surface equipment tab of the well editor. Then
click the main Insert tab to expose the equipment that can be
added.
3. Insert a choke and a sink. Connect the wellhead to the choke
using a connector and the choke to the sink using a flowline,
as shown in the figure.
r -es 513:. - + -tens -Ne X +

~ be =1 mad Q¢\||1r:<\su'\e) :2\~.*P3le ec..:>"1e'*t at--<5 ea we


F :' <2
3 I . . mt 11.. I
._ lft; W“ Ck‘ H S4‘
_ '. , -------

4. Click the choke and enter a Bean size of 1 in.


NOTE: You can enter any Bean size. The sensitivity that runs
varies the bean size to determine the correct size for
the desired outlet pressure.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

5. Click the flowline and configure it as shown in the figure.


FLOWLINE
Name: FL
Active:
Mode: ' Simple Detailed
Environment: ' Land Subsea
' Override global environmental clatare/7 I

PIPE DATA
Inside diameter: 6.065 Fl ‘
Wall thickness ' : 0,28 n '

Roughness: 0.0018 ri '

RROFILE DATA
Rate of undulations ll/1000]. C
l—orizontal distance ' 300 '
Elevation difference: 0 '
Flowline starts at: {L

LAND HEAT TRANSFE I; -


Ambient temperature: egF '
U Value type: nsu a - '
Heat transfer coefficient: 0.2 Btu/'(h.degF.Ft2) '
Inside film coefficient: ' Include Calculate separately

6. Verify that the Override global environmental data box is


selected.
7. Enter an Ambient temperature of 30 degF.
8. Launch the P/T Profile task from the Home tab. Change the
branch end to the Sink to ensure that the flowline and choke
are included in the simulated profiles.
9. Make these selections from the drop-down lists:
~ Calculated Variable: Custom
- Object: Ck1 (Choke)
- Variable: Bean size
10. Enter a bean size range of 1 to 3 inches and leave the
Proportionality set to Direct.

126 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

11. Change the Outlet pressure (at the Sink) to 710 psi and
enter the Gas flow rate obtained from the previous exercise
(14.7 mmscfld).
12. The P/T profile dialog box should look like the figure.
PCT profile System results Profilersults Outputsummary Outputdetails
., .
_r.ltl\~. -./\t_.llAItt ii-Kl-\i.1~.k'::.
Branch stem w l- R if l"'=' P'=“\"= 4600 SI
4 PYGSSUVQ S]

Default profile plot: Elevation vs. pressure ' (355 f|Qw|g(g I 14‘,1 rflgcf d
~ Custom
Object: Ck 1
Variable Bean size
Min. value: 1 n
Max, value 3 ri
Proportional erse

13. Click Run to launch the simulation.


14. Review the Profile results to get the bean size that is required
to match the specified inlet, outlet, and flow rate conditions.
Record your answer in the following table.

Results
Po = 710 psia l
Choke size (inches) i

15. Click the choke in the Surface equipment tab of the well
editor and enter the calculated choke bean size (from the
previous step).
16. Run the P/T profile task with outlet pressure as the
Calculated Variable. Review the Profile results and verify that
the calculated sink pressure is 710 psi.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 127


Gas well performance Schlumberger

17. Review the System and Profile results (plot and grid) and
determine the individual pressure drops for the reservoir,
tubing, choke, and flowline and record them in the table.

i m E

1 AP Tubing
2 AP Wellhead choke
3 AP Flowline
4 AP Reservoir

Results
Updated choke size = 1.50 inches
Static reservoir pressure (psi)
Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi)
Flowing wellhead pressure (psi)
Flowing pressure immediately
downstream of choke (psi)
Outlet pressure (psi)
Pressure losses across system
A Reservoir (psi)
A Tubing (psi)
A Choke (psi)
A Flowline (psi)

128 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

Exercise 2 Predict future production rates 7*-


ln this exercise, you estimate future gas production rates based
on the expected reservoir pressure decline with time. You do this
with the System analysis task.
Continue using the model from the previous exercise.
1. You must deactivate the equipment downstream of the
wellhead because you run this simulation up to the wellhead.
2. On the Surface equipment tab of the well editor, deactivate
the Choke, Flowline, and Sink by clicking each of them, one
at a time, and clear their Active boxes.
NOTE: Right-click each component and select Deactivate. 0
These objects are highlighted in red to indicate they
are inactive, as shown in the figure.

Ceneral Tubulars Deviation survey Downhole equipment Artificialli‘t ~eattansfe Completions Surface eq-women

,.,.e“ 5'" FL é

<l
SINK
Narrie Sir l
Active U

A .r N ’\.

5'ressi.'e: as
Liq..»c fowrate 5'8 c

3. Launch the System Analysis task.


4. Select Gas flow rate as the Calculated variable.
5. Set the Outlet pressure (wellhead) to 800 psi.
6. In the X-axis column, select System Dara as the sensitivity
object and Inlet pressure as the sensitivity variable.
7. Enter the following Inlet (reservoir) pressures:
- 4,600 psi
~ 4,200 psi
- 3,800 psi
- 3,400 psi

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 129


Gas well performance Schlumberger

8. Run the model and record your results in the table.

Results
Reservoirpressure(psi) l Gas rate (mmscfld)
4600
4200
3800
3400

Lesson 5 Liquid loading


Gas wells usually produce with liquid water andlor condensate in
the form of mist droplets or a film along the pipe walls. As the gas
flow velocity in the well drops because of reservoir depletion, the
carrying capacity of the gas decreases. When the gas velocity
drops below a critical level, the gas is unable to lift the liquids and
they begin to accumulate in the wellbore. This accumulation is
known as liquid loading.
Liquid loading increases the flowing bottomhole pressure, which
reduces the gas production rate. A lower gas production rate
implies a lower gas velocity, which ultimately, causes the well to
stop producing or die.

Turner droplet model


In gas wells operating in the annular-mist flow regime, liquids flow
as individual particles (droplets) in the gas core and as a liquid film
along the tubing wall.
By analyzing a large database of producing gas wells, Turner
found that a force balance performed on a droplet could predict if
the liquids would flow upwards (drag forces) or downwards
(gravitational forces).

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

ifthe gas velocity is above a critical velocity, the drag force lifts the
droplet; otherwise, the droplet falls and liquid loading occurs
(Figure 20).

Figure 20
O

Turner Droplet model


gi
1 Gas
2 Drag
3 Gravity

When the drag on a droplet is equal to its weight, the gas velocity
is at the critical velocity. Theoretically, at the critical velocity, the
droplet would be suspended in the gas stream, moving n upward
nor downward. Below the critical velocity, the droplet falls and
liquids accumulate in the wellbore.
In practice, the critical gas velocity is generally defined as the
minimum gas velocity in the tubing string required to move
droplets upward.
The general form of Turner's equation is given by:
1 1
1.593o1(p, - pg)‘
V, = ii
Pgz
where:
l',= Terminal velocity of liquid droplet (ftls)
o = lnterfacial tension (dynes/cm)
p, = Liquid phase density (lbm/ft3)
pg = Gas phase density (lbmlft3)

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 131


Gas well performance Schlumberger

I NOTE: The Turner equation applies to vertical or near


vertical uphill flow and assumes a continuous gas
phase with small dispersed liquid droplets entrained
in it. PIPESIM does not calculate the liquid loading in
pipe sections where these conditions are not met.

Liquid loading calculations are performed in every operation and


are available for review in plots and reports. Output files are
generated upon request in PIPESIM 2014 by selecting the Show
engine output/iles option under Workspace > Options >
Advanced > Engine options.
PIPESIM calculates a Liquid Loading Velocity Ratio (LLVR) that),
which is the minimum lift velocity (terminallcritical velocity)
calculated by the Turner equation, divided by the actual mixture
velocity. A LLVR >1 indicates a liquid loading problem because
the fluid is flowing at a velocity lower than the minimum velocity
required to lift the liquids and prevent loading.
The Liquid Loading Gas Rate line can be displayed on the Nodal
analysis system plot when the X-axis is configured to display gas
rate. For every point on the outflow curve, the value of the Liquid
Loading Velocity Ratio is calculated and the liquid loading gas rate
line is plotted at the specific rate where the liquid loading velocity
ratio is equal to 1.
I NOTE: The reported value for the Liquid Loading Gas Rate line
comes from interpolation of the outflow curve between
two points, one with a velocity ratio below 1 and another
with a velocity ratio above 1. As a result, the accuracy of
the results depends on the number of points on the
outflow cun/e.

1/Q Exercise 1 Determine a critical gas rate to


prevent well loading
In this exercise, you perform a Nodal Analysis to determine the
critical gas rate that prevents liquid loading, and you validate the
result by reviewing the liquid loading velocity ratio along the
profile.
Continue using the model from the previous exercise.

132 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

1 . Launch the Nodal Analysis task and delete any Sensitivities


that are present.
2. Set the Outlet Pressure to 800 psia and run the model.
3. On the System results tab, select the box for the Liquid
loading line. The plot appears with the Liquid loading line (1)
and the Critical gas rate (2).
Nodlllnflyus Eipqrlucnnsate Syaemresuirs Flntilelewlli Otllptlliuiillflliy U\lI9\|ld!ll|t
llqulfl loading line .
mvaw» DOHIL
mi-a-ai veiuzm lilic
Manmum Ollwdwvvli l IV! r.
>
I
l
\
.3). ‘
Ill idea columns.

Opiflng poll r> am srismnm 3 sax


_ psi .m<i..i E a
! F‘lwwr|te=1151071lo/sec 1555179 “$157

:s>.

polrJmIHdIlWI
5 rs):
2 DJ
>
l/@ §lD(l uni gaiat nous uuiym wait lmnnd/u|
—!i-new —o\mi:w —.=i.ioa»a~; O '>oe<s"g=o-11

4. Click the View data in a table icon at the bottom right of the
plot and extract the critical gas rate
Nhélllfllhxg av/ltlvlttiblt, urofdeiuuls 0\l‘45iulV\N\lh 0\l\D.Il!e1lits
tam en»; i.,.. ,,,¢4,,,, ,... Frame .r »¢_ si.<i-wit 9». view“ nu. Strxi-llnkgn 1. vim.-=4 »¢. s-awn,‘ Anoallufpu ,-.1 iii»-t I! rwwllulym P001!
llwkttoonpmlii mnwfiin at GU10 pm .-"mi a ,.. W\NV II :1 ,‘
(iei<M\ll~el1><Rv KM --A» lb- aun- Qidlll
~i...M.~ drwido-v\ l-it 1 mu-i rains: mars-r rsssm awn -
__;_wms1 mam rum-r num am-rs nests
nu 54¢: lfikflflflk z um
__14 ivism nmnai rum;
ova--i.,,._n-la sis-:iu wise mom mans
muss unis: mi ms
. M MPH muss mam mess:
1 _ Flanun-.11. 1695419 115757 -§~- ,‘m,,""“‘ miws mam mum"!
3 tsnwv mm: wsswa mam
L was: ns nu manna mm
L mum xmns iusizm mam:
_L imm uses: iusmm moss
L mum smuzr 1151651 rs-um
L iznu: zawu iizum uonx
iii awn awzsns 3.1751! 1246414
_g_ was mun immnss 2312142
>_lQ_l6.7|m| usnss uslm um:
_1;_ mmnu zsuuu 11 no: isms
!__0i>zn4n isiuae ammz mm:
_,\_s_ um: aaiwi uznins mun
it mum mama iisams wosze
at ism uem mm muss
zz iuua mus; iuzsau iuusv

Results
Critical gas rate (Nodal analysis plot) (mmscfld) l 3.63

5. For this well scenario, the operating flow rate (14.7 mmscfld)
is far above the critical gas rate to avoid liquid loading (3.63
mmscfld), so the well does not have liquid loading issues at
these conditions.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Gas well performance Schlumberger

6. Validate the critical gas rate from the nodal analysis plot by
running a P/T profile task at the same conditions (flow rate
and outlet pressure).
a. Launch the P/T profile task.
b. Select Inlet pressure as the Calculated variable.
c. Enter a value of 800 psia as the Outlet pressure.
d. Enter the critical gas flow rate value (3. 63 mmscfld), from
the previous step, as the Gasflow rate.
9. Run the task.
f. Double-click the Profile results plot and change the X-axis
variable to display the Liquid loading velocity ratio.
g. Verify that n the outflow section, which is where the liquid
loading is calculated. (This section consists of the tubing
and a short section of the casing up to the mid-
perforation).
h. Verify that the maximum liquid loading velocity ratio
(LLVR) at the critical gas flow rate of 3.63 mmscfld, is
approximately equal to 1. This means the P/T profile
results are consistent with the Nodal analysis results.
(Refer to the figure.)
In the plot, where is the LLVR highest and why?
wawriia Engilwtcwsolt mm-iatoiv Jmiileiesults ooemummm D\|1|I\|lfll\B||S
me» 9-0 she» plcr
Cue
i iaiaviiew-e=2nzA11EL ~ rnwulzmu Pflpnile

I».

............,.M...c.

134 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

7. To see the LLVR in the grid results, on the Profile results tab:
a. Select Show grid, then click Select columns.
b. Filter to the variable Liquid loading velocity ratio by entering
its first few letters, as shown in the figure.
c. Select the box beside Liquid loading velocity ratio and click
Close.
vnpiaaia zit,-‘wee s,"m=m Vi-fivkraafiz Oqvmnnmnlly ouwaa-as

aid
5'-W
1 nnaummn:1Il'”“'“ L
°*--'-" Ymqannn Fhflrnnnnfi. IQJMHQWI
Cle hi?"-‘ Tm ran enumn-use-i mun in no-r 0-Ilhihm
as .., , ii pt. neg? lu -
llondned um!-a
¢_ja~n=.-emunen -uim mun mi
(Ljmnuwmmp qr cmiumui -mm mam zazm omr-we imwma
_;__jiiu».a.-¢=u1u11,-. cegir mi-9 -um izmsn rams uzws nnzxnn 9-9 imawa
_¢_Jiiu»_-Barzmp may -mar rum nlwa ram unsamsu 5": ma-ea
,Ljnu>i=..-u1z.i11,-. rum, douse minis zszus ii-in-4 Void’-nd
_i_ji-lane-e-anzxn,-. via-is may ‘ruse mans zsuus ssau iuuua 5*! llvflilnuii
Llbinfinnnnflfllflpau TIM -mm 1211.01; ElA7lS unu A imam 9i-9 mu-ta
__l__;nav-=w=um11nsi- row anon unm 253515 mall imam nzmiao llndlned
__Ljh|1Irull=Ifi7Zl77pul mug Jinn mus: mam nix: 45565 0.219513 lhikfuid
_!_juai>-Q-=mz411,u Tuhivq rum mun mania sinus omens Umldnned
Lyme»-an-=muw_ Yilung mousse nsswr ianu suaus ammo Uoslned
¥_|i-traw-=u1u1i,n mi», mmns nsziin maxi amen uzzmzl umr-ma
l3_Jbi|$Prmn=Il1Ll1'lp-1 nu», mam: ism mam umu iuzmn Unildnned
Ljnuwa-=xnxnw mm,
Yum»;
§§§§§ um:
nzsr
mus:
mm:
IDES!
mam
nuns
mum
nzmm
ozznnns
ii-in-la
u-in-rd
u‘w~n--unman
Eran“-=unmw
ljuni»-munmp
mm,
Iuhng § E§ §5§ § *“° ’ .,.:5 ussaza
mam
mm
insazsu
lass!-i
mares
tum-i
norms
iuzsans
uzzznel § §.t’§ § §
llnlefined
Unldmed

Ill Select columns U X

Retum
to default

-i
Select Name A

‘ 4-‘liquid load
1 H quxfloahnggasfifle
2 Liquidloadingvelocity
2‘l _¢ lLiquidloadingvelocityraI:io

WW1" 9
8. The grid should appear, updated with LLVR.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 135


Gas well performance Schlumberger

9. The Liquid loading velocity (the last column on the right) is


highest at the bottomhole where the pressure is highest and
the fluid velocity is lowest.
P'nvzNe Erqviecuvnde i.We¢\rstr|; v>lc‘I-Q'E¥L"5 ,:JW\I‘.Klt|'VV\IV\ Omvalflevlvlz
*9\<»~qY\fl ,»<-is-9
Ln:
X l;i:i»ac..n3-'imE' """"' ““
Illktmtcehrmrm Or,»-»a.ii
L... rm...-. i,,. v.t.ia-amt.-...~ >-an i.......... rm,-....m lqn-i:>id6\nEVFl frtvawvi aw...“ UVR
_ ft iv ,.. PK‘; F »
t i.a<=.aw.=1mm=... 0 -new 1-um E I-as-.¢ Wm
§"i.ia»....:...1im-1,... cu <...,i...,. o um uzosn sum Maw Urvdlvwfl
1 lMaPvewue-fl7z|Y1pm (1951:) Ytimg -LAW) ustsn nuns 1524215 . .
- wa»..,..=1inm..... vii», -mun l2I.73l 21143 raw oiuansls 9-q i,.,..¢....i -.-- .-
' lnlqPrunuR2472l*7p¢| v.»...9 rm 1211.11; anus ii-ea»-an um!»-<4
»-em-1-11-11,... In»; M», 858° amen nuns anus ssmu iuusws Swg i.~..~....., 017241:
-..-.r1-am." ram am rzusvs unis susou mm» we-w Lu774fl3(
21724779:-4 Y-mm; awn uums 51:75 mar 021149;: mas», mm:
iii? 3 ri ir
rI!nnr2l7Z4Y1pe|| Yuhlng usual no-an man! ozuam mums iuiinms
7' lll. =2-1wi,,...
14nu2fi72I77pu
r..>...,
res», 32:22 §§§ rum
mwas
EJJI1
nssvrr
ion
mm:
»
uzniui
tlwédimn
Unndimd
iunwses
0225921:
"f§§§§§§
ii -e...em1m,...
___ 9vnmI=N7ZlT7wu
_g_ ln\<\Fvuwvu2|7Z477gu
1...»,
Yum-iq
mm, ass S55
,\iz2n71i
menu
904;:
mun
mm
170.7564
ram
D5925!
105154 E55 §§
iuzmzl
warn
nzziwn
Lhvidmed
Omidri-led
Llndzli-red
iizseam
iuuszm
iurmm
AL i,i.»......=mmi..... vim, am 02511 B01261 “I615?! am“, it-rm... am-n1
__nawa».i==z¢12i11¢»|
is
n Ma?-mnn¢2l7ZA77p:-I
W
r..i...,
mu
aim °§§ mum
mart
mm
mus:
mam
wsnss
55
in-is
iuzasas
unzua iii u-M»-aw
ii.a.¢.»a
ussosais
mm:

Review questions
9 - What is the effect of changing the flash package used in
PIPESIM?
- How does the viscosity of an emulsion compare to the
viscosity of the two phases from which it forms?
- What are the three types of gas well deliverability tests?
- What are the criteria for optimum tubing selection in a gas
well?
- What is the difference between critical flow and sub-critical
flow?
- What effect does changing the downstream pressure have if
the choke is in critical flow?
- What are the advantages and disadvantages of using
downhole chokes instead of wellhead chokes?

Summary
In this module, you learned about:
- building a simple well model
- calibrating the inflow model
- performing a nodal analysis at bottomhole
- performing a system analysis
- selecting optimum tubing size

136 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Gas well performance

- erosion prediction
- modeling flowline and choke performance
- liquid loading in gas wells

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 137


Gas well performance Schlumberger

NOTES

138 PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Horizontal well design

Module 5 Horizontal well design


This module shows you how to use PIPESIM to design a
horizontal well and evaluate horizontal well performance.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- determine the production from a horizontal well
- optimize horizontal well length

Lesson 1 Inflow performance for


horizontal completions
The main advantage of a horizontal well, as compared to a vertical
well, is its enhanced reservoir contact area and subsequen t
enhanced well productivity.
There are four scenarios in which a horizontal well can be a
superior alternative to a vertical well (Cooper, 1988):

Thin reservoirs The increased area of contact of the


horizontal well with the reservoir is reflected
by the Productivity lndex (Pl). Typically, the
Pl for a horizontal well can be increased by a
factor of4, compared to a vertical well
penetrating the same reservoir.
Heterogeneous When heterogeneous reservoirs exist, the
reservoirs horizontal well can effectively intersect
isolated productive zones that you can miss.
A horizontal well also can intersect natural
vertical fractures in a reservoir.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 139


Horizontal well design Schlumberger

Reduce waterl A horizontal well allows you to produce the


gas coning same rate at a lower pressure drawdown
than a vertical well. This helps delay the
onset of water or gas breakthrough. Even
though the production per unit well length
can be small, the long well length provides
high production rates.
Vertical lf the ratio of vertical permeability to
permeability horizontal permeability is high, a horizontal
well can produce more economically than a
vertical well.

These IPR methods are available in PIPESIM for designing


horizontal wells:

Steady state The simplest forms of horizontal well


production productivity equations are the steady-state
analytical solutions, which assume that the
pressure at any point in the reservoir does not
change with time.
According to Joshi (1991), even though few
reservoirs operate under steady-state
conditions, steady-state solutions are widely
used for these reasons:
- Analytical derivation is easy.
- The concepts of expanding drainage
boundary over time, effective wellbore
radius, and shape factors allow for a
straightfonivard conversion to transient or
pseudo-steady state results.
- Steady-state mathematical results can be
verified experimentally.
The steady-state distributive productivity index
equation is based upon Joshi's Review of
Horizontal and Drainho/e Technology, SPE
16868.
The equation is based on the assumption that
the horizontal well drains an ellipsoidal volume
around the wellbore of length, L.

140 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Horizontal well design

Pseudo- Often, it is desirable to calculate productivity


Steady State from a reservoir with unique boundary
Production conditions, such as a gas cap or bottom water
drive, finite drainage area, or well location. ln
these instances, pseudo-steady state
equations are employed.
Pseudo-steady state conditions begin when
the pressure disturbance created by the well is
felt at the boundary of the well drainage area.
The Pseudo-steady state productivity index is
based on Babu and Odeh's SPE paper 18298.
it is recommended that you read this reference
before applying the equation. The equation is
based upon the Pseudo-steady state IPR well
model applied to a rectangular drainage area.
Distributed This option uses a straight line Pl value for
Productivity liquid or gas. The distributed productivity index
Index Method relationship is
Q l J(P,,._,. - P,,,,)L for liquid reservoirs
OR
Q I J(P,,._;2 - PW-2)L for gas reservoirs,
where:
J = distributed productivity index.

PIPESIM uses a technique in which the horizontal completion is


subdivided into vertical cross sections and flow is treated
independently from other cross sections. This multiple source
concept leads to a pressure gradient from the blind-end (toe) to
the producing-end (heel) that, if neglected, results in over-
predicting deliverability.
The reduced drawdown at the toe results in the production
leveling off as a function of well length. It can be shown that
drilling beyond an optimum length yields no significant additional
production.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 141


Horizontal well design Schlumberger

Exercise 1 Horizontal well performance


V 1. Create a new, well-centric workspace.
2. Construct a horizontal well model with the physical
parameters shown in the figures.
3. Enter the parameters on four tabs in the well editor:
Tubulars, Deviation survey, Heat transfer, and
Completions, as shown.

General |Tubulars ‘Deviation sunzey Downhole equipment Artificial lift Heat transfer

Mode: 9 Simple Detailed


Dimension option: OD Q Wall thickness

Name B0ttomMD ID Wall thidmess Roughness


ii ' in 'llJ 'l-D '.
1 Casing 25000 6.366 0.317 0.001
Tubing 10000 2.992 D254 0.001

General Tubulars _ Downhole equipment Artificial lift Heat transfer Completions Surfa

CAl_CLlLATlON 0PTl ‘i <


-, Q
Survey type: 43 '
Dependent parameter: Angie 500

Calculation method: Tangential


1000
REFEREN(E OPTIQNS
1500
Depth reference: Original RKB
2000
Wellhead depth: 0 ft ‘
Bottom depth: Z5(X)0 fi . Z500

3000
MD TVD Horizontal dis... Angle
deg 3500
0 l 0
200C l 12.83857 E
TVD
(H
3950 - - i .4097 28.95502
4500
5706 i 12.656 45.573
F1013 840.941 66.42182 5000
7900 F 73.972 37.13402

as=se=H~
5500
800C : 71.47 90
5552222” 8000 9671.47 0 6000

142 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Horizontal well design

General A T - -~ l- ' 'n survey Downhole equipment


Artificial lift ompletions Surface equipment

U Value input: 9 Single Multiple


Heat transfer coefficient: 2 Btu/ h.degF.ft2) '
Ambienttemperature input: 7 Single
Depth option: I MD TVD

MD Ambient temp»;

0 50
12000 200
25000 200
I!!!"
General Tubulars Deviationsurvey Downholeequipment Anificiallift Heattransfer Surfaceequipment
'~ LOMPRTIONS

Nam: Geomevypm_ Fluid entry Tap MD Middle MD ‘Bottom MD Type Acirve IPR model
‘ ' if \-it 9
, 1 Cpl 1l~ioi'1zor|tal Toiéeisijrea - 12500 1,. 1' Vi ' 24500 Fianna» 7

Reservoir Fluidmodel
Reservoupressure: I
RQSQFVON temperatur 200 F
lPR basis: LIQUIG
Pvoauchvitymoexz v v CF/(O.pSl2.§\)

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 143


Horizontal well design Schlumberger

4. On the Downhole equipment tab, add a packer at 9,000 ft


to restrict flow to the tubing. The well schematic appears.

C~e'*e'a Um“-ars Jexriatiansune, Qzyv-'*n:lee:|.i»:\'nev*t -\m‘»<a * -ea ansvev 'Vl(1|!DfY 5u'iB(!¢GhD‘"2'Y'


2 >=. Eqiupmenl Name Anne MD
X Parke TOC

+
an mt
l
l Kama 9k 1
Q1 IQ '
tl Jleas a death 2 or

l
9055;.1: _.\
F-3322,92 __

1
i_:;.~. .. ‘ 44 "

\~‘ X1 F
5'1"»
i l
NOTE: You can change the default Vertical (1 D) view of the well
schematic to two-dimensional (2D) on the Format tab,
in the Style group of features.

144 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Horizontal well design

5. Create a compositional fluid using the Multiflash PVT


package. Leave all the default model selections and add the
components shown in the figure, on the Componentlmodel
settings tab of the Compositional fluid manager.

gs
Fluids Fluid mapping Component/model settings

A MODELS
‘ PVT package: Multiflash -
Equation of state: 3-parameter Peng-Robi... '
I Viscosity”. Pedersen '
Volume shift correlation: Multiflash
Critical property correlation: Kesier-Lee
Thermal coefficient correlation: Multiflash
Acf correlation: Kesler-Lee
Salinity model: None -
Override binary interaction coefficients:
' Binary interaction coefficients Oil and gas 4 '

A FLUID COMPONENTS
Edit. Delete

III Select columns...


Selected name
Water
Methane
Ethane
g Propane
, lsobutane
kaQK
KK Butane

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 145


Horizontal well design Schlumberger

6. On the Fluids tab, add a new row and double-click it to launch


the fluid editor. Enter the composition shown in the figure.
‘.,..
H 1 l ll’

Name CFlu|d
Dfitriptionz
Composition v.;<wt,
components a r AMHT INll \ir=
Pressure 14 6% psi
Nlme Moles Molelration Temperature -- m degF
‘ . .
(L Water 5 W185! ratio: Specify - Calculate
(_;__,Mqhane was 5 sort Infinity scrt bbl
(L Ethane av =1 Watercut — we es
(L Propane as ; ~ FHASI r rwivnsiiiwu
(Lama 1.6 -
i Butane 13
15:: Camp.-..—.a.—.: Muxure Gas Wits
1-1:3 ‘ _
11¢? 1 wm ops 001710751 1
K91 i 1 Mqiune 0.195 03235604 LIWZIIE-(D
11>? Ethane ow ilflflllb 3 103357 E -11
1°99 Propane onsa 011393157 3 .424BE—1§
= lsobutane time 0.111655%
' ont"{'6
n 3- Butane om; 0111345011
"25
53} 1 A VPASI F'R[lf‘[R7l\S
Prpes ure
i 4 Penlnener Uni Minure Gas Wm!
D; 1 Motefnction frlct 0§53S1 0.0334880
“Q 1 Messfraction tract. 0.Hi93163 0.0N6837Z
f; Vulumelracbcn (rad >- >- 031E735 Z.605(l43€-05
’ 3 /F _ , 4 vismezy cw 001N739! 1093773
B Molecular weght 195481 19.70465 18-0152
.3 00 40 lb-mole/R3
Temperature ldegf) I! Density (molar) r DNZTESI nmzsuaes 3.161811
K Dmdw (mass) lbm'ft3 : 0.053760% 005211215 6236521
— Dew ne — Bubule we — war if-e __s so-1-<= tam"_ (gas-anew) tfyricrcm 7Z9Z77S >, . I
1 Tc: re " Hydrate 1 "6 _ Hydfltt I Inc Q Enflollpy (mull!) Btu/lbwnole - 818.75 475.18! 4.01174
O C'tu»:vo"‘. 0 F!S":lQ"' 1|) 5,,;,,,W(m°i,r) Btu/lbmuln. ' 2311051505 0M103760l -00318046
u Inlanalerieqy (rnbllf) Btu/lb-mule : -1812131 -l-H3462 —15lM.!9
12 GibbSfi!€e\agy(molar) Btu/|b—mole ' -017.748 -7143937 419115
j 13 ‘ lsochori CQK IR belt CIPIQY Btu/lhmcl... ' 7317477 7.57515 IBDTIB
1 14 lsobanc specficheltclpanly Btu/lhmol . : QSNS DSQZIN ILTIIZZ
11$ Thumalconductrvrly Btu/(hing... 00154921 03523319
llfi Qcvuuirvfzmmd h/. 1 ma M7 ems In

7. Exit the fluid editor to return to the fluid manager. On the


Fluid mapping tab, map the new fluid to the completion, as
shown.
l'l x
Fluids Flurdmapplrrg Compoflsrt/modelsethngs
E4‘_
is Current mm» Y Wellmum awe

l 1 |Well
_ Wel Source
lcpl
' ‘
Wgmlgsore g
Gasraio
llnfinity
Gasmiaum
lscr/sra
vine-moiypewnuiauo
VWgtevnn _ jmo
Wntumiounit
ts

8. Run a PIT profile task with an outlet pressure of 300 psi to


determine the production rate from the well.
Production Rate (Gas) = mmscfld

146 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Horizontal well design

9. Earlier in the lesson, it was mentioned that drilling beyond an


optimum length would yield no significant additional
production from a horizontal well.
Verify this statement by sensitizing the length of the
completion and re-running the P/T profile task.
10. Plot the data in Excel to see the validity of the statement. You
should see a result similar to the plot shown in the figure.

Z_______
RatPronoducte

)
Completion Length

Review questions
- What are the advantages of a horizontal well over a vertical
<9
well?
- What are the basic completion models in PIPESIM for
horizontal wells?
- Explain the shape of a horizontal well length versus a
production rate curve.

Summary
ln this module, you learned about:
- constructing a horizontal well
- the effect on production of horizontal well length

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 147


Horizontal well design Schlumberger

NOTES

148 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

Module 6 Subsea tieback design


The offshore frontier poses some of the greatest technical
challenges facing the oil and gas industry, particularly as we
venture into ever deeper waters and more remote locations.
Development costs can be substantial, and to be economically
viable, many new production systems must be designed to
accommodate subsea multiphase flow across long distances.
Managing costs over extended distances introduces many
complex risks, and reliability becomes a key concern because of
the potential for downtime and high intervention costs.
Characterizing and managing these risks requires detailed
multidisciplinary engineering analysis and has led to the
emergence of a new field known as Flow Assurance.
The design of subsea tiebacks requires multiphase flow
simulation to assure that fluids are safely and economically
transported from the bottom of a well all the way to the
downstream processing facility.
Four flow assurance issues are discussed in this module:
hydrates, heat loss, erosion, and liquid slugging.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- size a subsea tieback line and riser
- determine the pipeline insulation requirements
- determine methanol injection to inhibit hydrate formation
- screen the results for severe slugging at the riser base
- size a slug catcher

PIPESIM Fundamentals, version 2014 149


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

Lesson 1 Flow assurance


considerations
This case study involves a client with an existing operation in the
North Sea.
Scenario: The client has made a new gas condensate discovery
and plans to develop it using four wells producing into a subsea
manifold, flowing through a subsea tieback, and up a riser to an
existing platform. The oil and gas are separated on the platform,
with the oil pumped to shore and the gas compressed to shore.
NOTE: A tieback is the pipeline on the ocean floor that connects
the production from the new wells to the existing facility.

iii’
Figure 21 Case study in the North Sea

1 Subsea manifold
2 Subseatieback
3 Riser
4 Host

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

Exercise 1 Size the subsea tieback and riser @-


ln this exercise, you create a compositional fluid, build a network
model, and determine the optimum diameters for the subsea
tieback and the riser. Use the PIPESIM defaults if no specification
is provided.
1. Launch PIPESIM and create a new, network-centric
workspace. When you create a network-centric workspace, it
launches in the Network perspective. You can easily switch
from network to well perspective, and vice versa, by
selecting the perspective from the drop-down list.
flQ;t:= ii

N
Pdwdhi 1'
(1 f— 1 A 3* 1'
a" '7 'r Ia: :4A< G‘ .---.,.
*1 F
:¢\
Eif; LI; ii
::;_\
- no-. »_-as /.1» E

W . + -‘left > v +

2. Create a compositional fluid with the properties listed in the


table. Use the following defaults:
- PVT package: Multiflash
- Equation of State: 3-parameter Peng-Robinson
- Viscosity model: Pedersen
- Salinity model: None
- Binary interaction coefficients: Oil and gas 4

Component Moles Component Moles


Water 10.0 l lsopentane 1.0
Methane 67.5 l l Pentane 0.5
Ethane Hexane 0.5
Propane Carbon dioxide 2.5
lsobutane 1.0 l l C7+ 8.5
Butane 1.0 l l

Pseudocomponent Molecularweight l Specific gravity


c7+ 115 l 0.683

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 151


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

.0‘. NOTE: If you do not have the license features required to


use Multiflash, select the ECLIPSE 300 PVT
package. However, you cannot perform some of the
steps in this tutorial (for example hydrates
precipitation) without the Multiflash PVT package.

The fluid properties at standard conditions are shown in the


figure.
Comvusntron Viszosnty
Comfifinents . ,=.-. 'il}> “ti
Pressurc U596
Name Mnls Moklndron
»-wt 7 Tempunm‘ ‘ F
Pr.-5! ratio. Sedf Calculate
Lwnu ll] 10
_1JMmwu 67.5 57.5 GOR 7ma.L$6 » F/bbl
Llilfillk 5 S Wurnwt ' 9879615
LlP'wIM 2.5 2.5
A 14:0 r~r\,lP‘l$l'l w<
__§__llsobuune 1 1
Liam» 1 1
Llbvvsrwis 1 1
i]Penhne 05 11$ Col-rtponeritlimne Oil Gas Wis
_9_lHenne 05 0.5 A
l0___lClrbonDnnde 5 1.5 lLi "W 0.1 OJIIHDSST 0111711109 03990999
lid?" 85 6.5 l_z__, Mahune 0575 BNSOBQN OMHM7 2.1753195-09
(L, Ethane 005 flmlxillfll 015013909 2.135375-11
l;.i "NW"
s mm"
005
um
0-lD34lZ7l3 0.0$7l6 2%0§7[~15

soc
ljBmane 0131
0M!fl$75
0Nl7797U
001171571
BDIISMZZ
ll01fl%6
0
0
iLi I!-MM-~= 0111 NEE
LL] Pentane l’|-U15 Ofiflfil OMSISGSB

3.
3.2::
l 9 Hewie
L10_)‘CJlbt1IlDl0Iidt
1 11 lg‘
0-U5
005
HIS
DDZQBS7
011175204731
0S3§1fl7
OMBASIBB
0173011332
0%N70lG
2 Q
3
Q§-=-
--v /\ Wiikt !"!:'|i"lllI if \
_, Burundi’ Uni in Oil GI W1
\
Tr Male Vreztuon ma.
inc
011564168
BEN
0528555
WED
DMSNZBC
Bil
um _<_olu me Irlcflori rrm. lHIfl7Z1.3l8S 05931996 7.W7?l!E~05 '
__1, I 5» mum imwzm FEW!
5 Molecularweight 3.7571 mans; 2131119 nuns:
Temperature fig,» '7 :6 Duimyrmain) lb»mole/R3 (HIBIQUSJB 03151924 0-002645637 346151
l7 Duimyrmusi lbm/R3 (LEJ676 LEE-.. ._ ‘Z”_2E5!1_Q- E1-£l1_._
—Ikwr\e —0J:D*e"¢ -—Wate1r~e ‘(Ll Surface tension (gas-ii-ind) ayne/ml reams
* Ice "Q Pt/flmel '-2" “iyflmtei 1'! ,_s_i Surfxetension <9»-an Wnekm » amass 1
0 1.1-. 00'" - ;..-.»-- (lb Suiface tension (gas-unis) dyncl Km - nszm
I1 ‘(urban Inkinll lnil-winvrl rfi/1»'rW\ - 75.7‘)!

152 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

In the subsequent steps, you construct a PIPESIM model to


replicate the network in the figure.

O
Risa

Subsea Ma"‘“°t Subsea Tiebadr . i.r1:t|or


-Q c 0

3. From the Insert tab, place a Source, Junction, and Sink on


the Network schematic, as shown in the preceding figure.
4. Connect the source to the junction using a flowline from the
Insert tab.
5. Connect the junction to the sink using a riser, also from the
Insert tab.
6. Double-click the Source and rename it Subsea Mani fold.
7. Map the compositional fluid you created, to the Subsea
Manifold (Source), by selecting it from the Fluid drop-down
menu.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 153


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

I 8. Enter the data for the Subsea Manifold.


Q Edit ‘_:'lJiISE&i<iEHli;1Ii=Ii U X

SOURCE
Name: Subsea Manifold
Active: Q7

FLUID MCIDEQ
Fluid: I CFEuid l ‘ Edit... + New...
Override phase ratios:

A PRESSURE./FU:l\NRATE BQUNDARY CONDFHQNS

P Q cu rva
Pressure: 1500 i '
Temperature: 176 egF '
Liquid flowrate ' : TB.1'd -

I11] PIPESIM 0
9. Without closing the dialog box for the Subsea Manifold, click
the Flowline to switch the dialog box to the Flowline editor.

154 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

10. Rename the flowline Subsea Tieback and enter the flowline
data.
I Z;i=' f_:.=;'= El X

l1 HOWLINE
.‘

l Nam: Subsea Tieback


1i Active v
Mode: Detailed

Environment Land 0 Subsea


l
I Override global environmental data: I
l
PlF’t i‘/xiii
_ Ambient temperature (degfi ‘
Inside diameter". 10.02 :1 -
Wall thickness " 0.365 I
Roughness: 0.0018

>>r;~;-mt or-in 2
i Rateofundula‘tions(1.i1000). 0 ‘
l Horizontal distance ': 31680 ti. v <3
nMSL1
Elevation difference 0
Den
lowlinestartsaf: -- - - ' - - ;g
epth at start (MSL): ft "

S1JE<StAHEAfTRi~iN§lER[;~AT»\. A
~.
my
~vvv\4
__M_
‘\4\l\I‘\I
“Y
Jvvvv‘

U Val‘-'9 WP‘! l"5'-dated Honzontal distance (ft)


eat transfer coefficient: 0.2 Btu/(h.degF.ftZ)
5'0113: side film coefficient 0 Include Calculate separately sj

m PIPESIM 0 J Close

NOTE: Selecting the box Override global environmental data O


implies that you want to ignore the global
environmental settings under Home > Simulation
settings > Environmental and specify your own. To
specify seawater temperature gradient and fluid
velocity appropriate for the location, select the Detailed
flowline mode and the Calculate U Value input option on
the Heat transfer tab in the flowline editor.
11. Switch the Flowline Mode to Detailed so you enter more
detailed heat transfer information.
12. Click the Heat transfer tab.
13. Set the U Value input option to Calculate.

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014 155


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

14. Enter 1 layer of insulation as in the figure.


A blank value in the Pipe burial depth field indicates that the
flowline is lying on the sea floor (not buried).
i:i ~ it._ I El X

FLOWLINE
Nam: Subsea Tieback
Active 1
Mud: Simple
Environment Land I Subsea
Override global environmental dang

General Heat transfer

THFRMN UAI -5 PIPF < ("iATlN(: [Il>iAil\

Uvaluemput sped!’ Themialcnnducfivity Thidcness Description


_
.m . ll
Pipe COl1dUCUVltyI 26.01156 Btu./'(h.degF.R) ' J gm/(h_degF_m
Gruuridconduchvvtyt 0.4478 Btu1'(h.degF.ft) - l1 0.15 015 Insulation ‘
Pipe burial depth: in - I + ‘
Overall outside diameter: 11.3 in ‘

0 Pipe is elevated above ground ‘

»
IE PIPESIM
. _
0

15. Without closing the Flowline editor dialog box for the
Subsea Tieback, click the Riser to switch to the dialog box for
editing it.
16. Rename the riser Riser.
17. Change the Mode to Detailed.

156 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

18. Enter the information on the General tab. The riser is vertical
and produces up to a platform that is 60 ft above sea level.
T ea»: we l:i x
RISER
Name:
Active: J
Mod:
Override global environmental data:
W
General Heat transfer
PIPE DATA
Ambient temperature (degF)
Inside diameter: 10.02 4: 45 5x
Wall thicknss ' 0.365 O <
Roughness: 0.0018
2&0
PIATFORM DATA
430
Platform height (above waterline
t m55
PROFHF DATA
Riser sorts at: Junction
§
Depti
1000
Use as downcorner:
Distance: I Horizontal Measured 1-Z39

Horizontal as Mumred fist... oepeii MSL 14”


-ii -ii 1630
1o o 1600
‘2o aoo soo Horizontal distance (ft)
30 1600 0
ai

Ifl""$"* 9
19. Click the Heat transfer tab.
20. Set the U Value input option to Calculate

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 157


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

21. Enter 1 layer of insulation.


. EX‘

afliHr71. Riser
»5E=1
div: /
Mode:
Overnde global environmental data:

General Heat transfer

THERMAl1i-=11 PIPE ('WAffNi'— DFYAII *


U Value input‘. Speflfy Therrnalconductivity Thkknes [)5<ri¢‘pn
Pipe conductivity: 26.01156 Btu/(l'i.degF.ft] ' Btu/(hmqm) . ,,, .
IHFRMAI i,\»’1!l4. AIR <r= iirw i 1 H015 0-Z5 l"5"'°"°" '
Surface temperature: H) degF ' +
Wind speed: uggz ft/S _ Ovetalloutsidediametert 11.15 in -

E Pirrsiui Qi./close

The ambient temperature and wind speed are read-only


because you have chosen to use the global environment
data under Home > Simulation settings > Environmental
by clearing the Override global environment data box.

In a subsequent step, you review the default global


environment settings and change them.
22. Exit the dialog box and save your workspace.

158 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

23. Modify the global environmental settings.


a. Go to Home > Simulation settings > Environmental.
b. Change the ambient air temperature and sea water
gradient, as shown in the figure on the left. These global
values are used for the heat transfer calculations for the
flowline and riser because you cleared the Override global
environmental data box in both the flowline and riser editors.
G T ‘ >i
:4» eorrdtoons Hut Krlflflzr Erosion cermion iVlVl!0IIN\t|lIJl Hl\i x
I Name mm
'=-vipaiiiiie 51:1 .. r Au -~ e ~
,,,,,,d,,,,¢ :_»,~,‘,4_ , * 4-. simuie - came
_u,,,m,,¢,,w,_W,, , ,.. W Ove qlobalervvironmentalnala
General =-r lrlliiftl
Sc lr‘-pe 31¢. sail imuisl ,, _
lcond rm Uiial = nput. Spent (All late vwmlcwmum "Mm; Dammmn
_ petwldutlrvlb/' 2601156 Bt\|'lrioegFf1 an ,,,,g;., V

kw,“ 5,_,,,,,,,, c,,,,,,¢,,my Su celflvrpelllille. Sia egF 4'.


aw, R, W", mg “mu (2 Q-ttallnutaidzdiarvrflu nu l'\
5is 11: i=7 7 7 V H v- ><
~.- 515 us
so D‘ >l»'\NtlN
in H5 Name Sllbwfli ma
Au 2.i2 -stilt!
"4 '5‘ Mode mple Jfld i=<.
_ 3 xi‘ LE
W Err IIUIIVI em .¢ c
~ §E§§ as W 0 crdeglobrll O menlnloat
. _ 379 "33 Glfleil HGIIIA .
{H50 $5 175 032
Ural = Hp I $p:<Ii» - [B|(\li it mum cond... Yiiieiaiei Dcscnfluon
Pp(¢0fldU€\l xv: -_ Blulinrlcq vi m.,,,,g_ ,,,
GIO\lV\G(0Y\fl||(YIv\l'V = t. in oeqFf\ Lit; ;;5 ifliuiliiflf‘
P pe I7 I neplh lV\ +
Ihfllll clkitdt fllomflen uzs F
Q i>.,,¢-we-tea-==.=q. bond

24. While still in the Simulation settings tab, click the Flow
correlations tab and select the following flow correlations:
- Vertical flow correlation = Hagedorn & Brown (Duns & Ros
map)
- Horizontal flow correlation = Beggs & Brill Revised
25. Design the system based on the following criteria and
constraints:
- Design production rate = 14,000 STB/d (normal scenario).
The system achieves a maximum rate of 16,000 STB/d (if
the wells produce more than expected). lt also can handle 8
turn-down scenario when the production is expected to dro P
to 8,000 STB/d.
- For all production rates, the arrival pressure at the Sink
must not drop below 400 psia.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 159


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

- Available flowline and riser sizes:


- 7.981 inches (wall thickness = 0.322 inches)
- 10.02 inches (wall thickness = 0.365 inches)
- 12 inches (wall thickness = 0.375 inches).
Flowline and riser sizes must be the same and for all
scenarios and the erosional velocity limit must not be
exceeded.
- Cost: The bigger the flowline and riser, the higher the cost.
The objective is to select the minimum diameter sizes that
satisfy the target rate and constraints previously specified.
26. Select the Subsea Manifold and launch the System analysis
task.
27. Select Outlet pressure as the Calculated Variable.
28. Enter any value for the Liquid flow rate, such as the normal
rate of 14,000 STB/d.
29. For the X-axis variable, select System Data as the object and
Liquid flow rate as the variable.
30. Enter the range of flow rates for the design: 8 O 0 0, 1 4 0 0 0,
and 1 6000 STB/d.
31. Change the Sensitivity configuration to Change in step with
Variable 1 by selecting it from the drop-down menu.
TIP: Review the topic, System Analysis Properties, to
understand the differences between the sensitivity
1
configuration options.

32. Configure the additional sensitivity variables for the Subsea


Tieback and Riser, as in the figure.
Syslemanalvsis Systemrsults Profileresulls Outputsummavy Qutputdflalis

Branch start: Subsea Manifold Inlet pressure 1500 P5,


Branch end. Sink - Outlet pvessur e
Sensitivm ccnfigumiori: Chang: in mp with VBl'lflbiQ1 * Liquid flowrate U000 STB» d

Custom

i<»ms Variable 1 Variable Z Variable 3 Variibie 4 Vlnlble 5 Variable 5 Variable 7


Actlvz ¢ Active -/ A<\'~= 1 Active .- Active v Active 1 Active .1
System om ~ SUDSQBTIEDBUK - SubseaTiebe... - my Riser

Liqi-lldflCWY3\€ ' Inside diamiter ' Wallthickness ‘ Inside dlamflél Wail thitknass

Ranqg. Ranqe Ranq:.. Range... Ranqe...


STB 0 - m V ll'\ - In ||'l
1 5000 ‘-931 -1221 vast O 322
72 14000 ‘M P.'3- 0.365 10.02 /1 365
"3 16000 *7 i. .-_ 2 0.375 12 'J :75
_§_
I I
vibmwv

160 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Subsea tieback design
Schlumberger

33. Click Run.


34. Review the System results plot.
Why are there no results for some cases?
35. Determine the minimum diameter of the tieback and riser that
satisfies the arrival pressure requirement (>400 psia) for all
flow rates. Record your results.
Results
Minimum Tieback and Riser diameters that
satisfy the minimum arrival pressure constraint
of 400 psi for all flow rates (inches)

36. Double-click the Systems plot and change the Y-axis variable
to display Erosional velocity ratio maximum.
37. Verify that the selected flowline ID does not exceed the
erosional velocity ratio limit of 1.0 for the expected flow rates
38. Record your answers in the following table.
Results
Property
Selected Tieback and Riser ID based on 400
psi arrival pressure constraint (inches)
Max. erosional velocity ratio for selected ID
Minimum arrival pressure for selected ID (psi)
Maximum arrival pressure for selected ID (psi )

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

Lesson 2 Hydrates
Gas hydrates are crystalline compounds with a snow-like
consistency that occur when small gas molecules come into
contact with water at or below a specified temperature. The
hydrate formation temperature increases with increasing
pressure, which means that the hydrate risk is greatest at higher
pressures and lower temperatures.
When hydrates form inside pipelines, they can form plugs that
obstruct flow. In even worse scenarios, where the presence of
hydrate plugs have gone undetected, pipeline depressurization
has resulted in the plugs being dislodged unexpectedly, resulting
in serious injury and even fatalities.
Hydrate forming molecules most commonly include methane,
ethane, propane, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide.
Three hydrate crystal structures have been identified: Structures I,
ll, and H. The properties of Structures I and ll hydrates are well-
defined. Research into the structure of H hydrates is relatively
new, and their properties are less well defined.
Hydrates can easily form downstream of a choke where fluid
temperature can drop into the hydrate formation region because
of.Joule-Thompson cooling effects.
Figure 22 shows a typical gas hydrate curve that is useful for
subsea pipeline design and operations. Above the curve is the
hydrate formation region; a fluid containing water and gas in this
pressure and temperature region forms hydrates.
Many factors can impact the hydrate curve, including fluid
composition, water salinity, and the presence of hydrate inhibitors.
NOTE: Generating Hydrate curves requires the PIPESIM
Multiflash Hydrate package and cannot be done with
the E300 or GERG flash packages.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

3500

/—\
3000
-E 2500
Q
V 2000
1500 G)
Pres ure
1000 Q)
500
O l i I I
30 40 50 60 70 80
Temperature (F)

Figure 22 Hydrate curve

1 Hydrate region
2 Non-hydrate region

Hydrate mitigation strategies in PIPESIM


There are two common strategies available to mitigate hydrates
formation: thermal insulation and chemical inhibitors. Both
strategies can be simulated in PIPESIM. Thermal insulation
carries a higher up-front capital cost, whereas chemical inhibition
carries a higher operational cost.

Thermal insulation
The heat transfer between fluid in the pipeline and the
environment surrounding the pipeline depends on the temperature
gradient and the thermal conductivity of the material between the
two. There are two options for modeling the heat transfer in
PIPESIM: Input U value and Calculate U value.
Input Uvalue allows you to define an overall heat transfer
coefficient (U value). The heat transfer rate per unit area is
calculated based on the pipe outside diameter.
Calculate U value computes the overall heat transfer coefficient
based on these parameters:
- Pipe coatings
- Thickness of the pipe coating
- K (thermal conductivity) of the material

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 163


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

- Pipe material conductivity


- Ambient fluid (air or water)
- Ambient fluid velocity (The faster the fluid flows over the
pipe, the greater the heat loss.)
- Pipe burial depth
- Ground conductivity (for flow lines only).

Chemical inhibitors
Thermodynamic inhibitors can be used to shift the hydrate line (to
the left in the curve in Figure 22), which lowers the hydrate
formation temperature and increases the hydrate-free operating
envelope. Examples of inhibitors include methanol and ethylene
glycol. The effects of this type of inhibitor can be modeled with
PIPESIM.
Kinetic and anti-agglomerate inhibitors comprise a category
known as Low Dosage Hydrate Inhibitors (LDHIs). These
inhibitors do not lower the hydrate formation temperature; instead,
they help prevent the nucleation and agglomeration of hydrates to
avoid blockage formation. The effects of these types of inhibitors
cannot be modeled with PIPESIM.

Exercise 1 Select tieback insulation thickness


In this exercise, you update the model with the tieback and riser
ID you selected in the previous exercise, and determine the
insulation thickness required to maintain the system outside of the
hydrate formation envelope.
The worst case scenario in terms of hydrate risk is when the flow
rate through the system is the lowest. In this case, the heat loss is
the greatest. This scenario is the turndown case of 8,000 STB/d.
1. Double-click the Subsea tieback and enter the inside
diameter and wall thickness determined from the previous
sizing task.
2. Repeat Step 1 for the Riser (ID and Wall thickness for
Tieback and Riser = 10.02 in and 0.365 in, respectively).
3. Navigate to Home > Simulation settings > Heat transfer.
4. Check the Hydrate subcooling box. This option enables the
calculation of the hydrate sub-cooling temperature difference,

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

which is the difference between the hydrate formation


temperature and the flowing fluid temperature (T,,,.,, — T,).
lfthis difference is positive, the fluid is in the hydrate
formation region at that location in the system.
5. Still under Simulation settings, click the Output variables tab.
6. Change the Report template to Flow Assurance. This
template includes the important flow assurance variables;
specifically the following hydrate variables of interest.
- Hydrate formation temperature (profile variable)
- Hydrate sub-cooling delta temperature (profile variable)
- Maximum hydrate sub-cooling temperature differential
(system variable)
7. Save your workspace.
8. Click the Subsea Manifold.
9. Set Outlet pressure as the Calculated variable and set the
Liquid flow rate set to the turndown rate of 8 , 000 STB/d.
10. Run the P/T profile task.
11. Double-click the Profile results plot and change the Y-axis
variable to Hydrate sub-cooling delta temperature.
- With the current insulation thickness of 0.25 in, is there a
hydrate risk?
- At what point in the system does the fluid temperature drop
below the hydrate formation temperature?
NOTE: The arrow points to where the system drops into the 0
hydrate formation region at a depth of 12,627 feet.
vlwnflk 0-w<.»»< ‘,¢>~er'nul< n-awe". Ui(»P\r1.II\'w\nv \J\IlP\lY3fll|l1
.1. y >n¢_|n¢,v
an
l “7‘;?'7‘?“;;’uwi”;7V I/|Iwt|=\nm0hn4¢1 Ill out
_ _ _,.»~
g .I

lrbqnfi
Y4

' I4>1ll$I\Izl'Ifl\

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 165


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

12. (Optional) Evaluate the hydrate risk using from the phase
envelope viewer.
a. Click the Subsea manifold.
b. On the Home tab, click Phase envelope. The plot appears.
c. Observe how the calculated flowing P/T profile line
intersects with the hydrate formation line.
As determined in the previous step, the system drops into
the hydrate formation region (red circle in the figure) at
approximately 12,672 ft, which is somewhere in the long
subsea tieback; the tieback has a total length of 31 ,68O ft.
Clearly, the current insulation thickness of 0.25 inch is
insufficient to mitigate against hydrate formation. (Refer to
the figure that follows.)
0 NOTE: The arrow points to the flowing P-T profile that is
simulated by PIPESIM.
1 ‘€\\¢Il(K’*¢’VQ‘l

sn-u-m cvnnn n-maqeaia 6 5' *

=2: muss at
Ac (1.. "ZC.lLT‘

Cdfllllovlflll MIMI! oi ea wu-


i mm ii. or-imsvse cooezssm 19:-mu
z Menu ws ass-inz: E5-\3E99§ 59(1l69E as
g -0 we nmmme :rv,.-.—=~ ueorvzmn
»= rm: 00:95:57’ cczno-lie; * ‘lllbtnt.
% / hoe no: 0020891’?! census: 1 ozzwss-s
__ 1.. trgs an; 0022919: cwaowaz 2 ssazsss-1.1
i l§50WE-15
__ lwwvflme BB1 msuisot 0006559201
_ IV! cats 0015131: mzevzm 53356112-is

" /
/ V
ail? ones
Danae ms
ms
imwsv:
oazrsms
cuwsa
C-30195106:
rtzsszszs
mi-szu
1
2 sss0<\ss'v§

_ i>--i~ am an-. oi an llllhv


Mnkh<\:v~ an ; 0 40921. 0 mzm 0 csuesazz
' g rm than DUI ‘rm 2 04-.5-.2e' 25:59:11 : mxsts
L I " ya.“ fisqnr - 2 ;-.s*1z arms; c ocuwss
1-“-iii.-Q lfleq F » 5
_ Vnwsty
ll! v~Qq'\I
Du mi maul
204..
mam;
0 145:4;
as csan
mam:
a msqzae
mum
02/s¢s‘:J
0 seams
1! wee
2 smzi
— = -~ —>.-1,. Q — J0: - — » ~= wt...) ». -<a.= Q . _°'""'/ ""'“‘i >- .. wwr =; ssua usms 5-. 00
_ -__i O - V Q §\lWK!3(‘\>e!\ 9l$—I§\I€i mun:
J 50-40.:
§w1>(e'e<u»:r,9p1¢-‘I
gpcsum“
s-inac =-w<» I.9- #00151
':‘\B¢W arena»
seam.
295.95;
+ pr! Enrlulni rm»-.1 a..4.< zws vs: -sum .\ mm we

13. Determine the appropriate insulation thickness.


a. Increase the thickness in 0.25 in increments.
b. Run the P/T profile task until the entire system is hydrate-
free.
0 NOTE: You must honor the constraint that the same insulation
thickness be used on both the tieback and the riser.

166 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

c. Record your results in the table.

Results
Property Value
Req. Insulation thickness (inches)

NOTE: Currently, there is no option to sensitize on coating I


thickness in any of the tasks (in this case, insulation
thickness). You must manually change the insulation
thickness in the tieback and riser objects and run the
P/T profile task repeatedly until the objective is met.

Exercise 2 Determine the methanol 7‘

requirement
Assume the flowline and riser have been insulated, but they are
under-insulated with only 0.50 inches of insulation. In this
exercise, you determine the required methanol injection rate to
ensure that hydrates do not form in the system.
1. Double-click the Subsea tieback and enter an insulation
thickness of 0.5 in to model the scenario where it is under-
insulated.
2. Click the Riser and repeat the previous step.
3. On the Insert tab, select an Injection Point and place it
between the Subsea Manifold and the Subsea Tieback.
4. Connect the Subsea Manifold to the Injector with a connector.
5. Connect the left end of the Subsea Tieback to the right end of
the Injector.

O
Risa

S“"‘°l$'l‘_°’_°____ n E1 Subs&:Tie£1ad< JCDC,

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

6. Launch the Fluid manager from the Home tab.


7. Click the Componentlmodel settings tab.
8. Add Methanol to the Fluid Components list by selecting the
box beside it.
9. Click the Fluids tab.
10. To create a new fluid, click i.
11. Double-click the row for the new fluid and rename it
Methanol.
12. Enter 100 moles for Methanol in the Components grid and
click Close.
13. Still on the Fluid manager, click the Fluid mapping tab.
14. Map the Methanol fluid to the Injector (lnj1) by selecting it
from the drop-down list.
15. Exit the Fluid manager.
16. Double-click the Injector and specify a fluid injector
temperature of 68 degF and any liquid flow rate. (Later, you
sensitize on this variable.)
17. Click the Subsea manifold and launch the System Analysis
task.
18. Set Outlet Pressure as the Calculated Variable and specify a
Liquid flow rate of 8,000 STB/d.
19. For the X-axis variable, change the sensitivity object to the
Injector (lnj1) and the sensitivity variable to Liquid flow rate
by selecting them from the drop-down lists.

168 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

20. Enter a methanol injection rate range from 0 to 500 STB/d in


increments of 50 STB/d.
21 . Remove all other sensitivity variables by deleting their values
or clearing the Active boxes for them.
System analysis System results Profile rsults Output summary Output details
Ihll-,3 .1 - - .~.r_ —-rm
Bfiflth start: Subsea Manifold 1"'=Y P'@“"'@ 1500 PSI
I Outlet ressure

Sensitivity configuration: Change in step with variablel L|q|_||df|gwy31@ ~ 5TB/d


Custom

X-axis Variable 1 Variable 1 Variable 3 Vanable 4 Variable 5 Vanableé Variable 7


| A<tive: Active Active Amie I Active ¢ Active 7 Active 4
iii, 1 Y - Y - I
Liquid flow... * '

stem - I - -
1 0 ILL‘ .....:
.. .L _sA,.__-__i_...A_..___._.LI.:.: : ._ _ _ . .
.2 50 n
3 100 I3l -_ ___ -' A____A_,%2__
V I‘ .
-_,_A
4 150 Li_._a__.. ....,.s_L._._,___- .,._;_..- ...e ._ ._ ._ _._._A.A.
. 5 19° 5 , . “___,__H________________._.___
i, .I .» ,. _ _ _ _ WM
6 I250 LL/._._._._._,_.L___._..__;-;;a_;,___. _, _ A
7 3°‘; LL...............;_.-.-.a._._.......-.... , . .
8 350 ,8 ; = »'
9 we , 9 5 I I "
10 -iso 10 I |
11500 -|-i I
_iL_____________.._2_ l 2 -. I
__-____A_e
+

22. Click Run.


23. Double-click the System results plot and change the Y-axis
variable to Maximum Hydrate sub-cooling temperature
difference.
This value is the maximum value of the Hydrate sub-cooling
temperature difference throughout the system for each of the
cases run.
24. From the plot, determine the required Methanol injection rate
to maintain the flowing fluid temperature above the hydrate
formation temperature, at every point in the system (such as
Maximum Hydrate sub-cooling temperature difference < 0).
TIP: Refine the range of the methanol injection rate to more
accurately determine the minimum amount required.
(as shown in the figure that follows). U

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 169


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

syfilfllfllif/S16 £iIgiii¢<I>mi. $,i‘5Y!l'V\IC§UR! Frulileffit-lit! o\.ItIHlS\.llI\Vl'\Il'y Olflpfltfifillls


Ehow gflfl - sow». an

sysumuiarynnsmmu-nan-wsmninuvqm

FQ
i
2

E
3
2

rim-upvmimi i i

i|lyI\-i

M-IIIi
; 2: :2: ;s: ::< :2: so: as: -'>; 4;: >2
ll\1 l—lIQI0\l1flflI9a\elSTl/ll

System analysis Engine console System results Profile results Output summary

Show grid I Show plot

Inj1—LiquidFlowRate Maximum hydrate sub-cooling temperature difference


A STB_/d degF
‘Z 1.456166
255 1.166818
260 0.878606
[I 255 0.5915146
B 210 0.3055663
llA..

E. -0.2779596
!l
-0585085
-0.8263805
-1.117773
FEE". “s5§
* -1.409137

.0 NOTE: A positive Maximum hydrate sub-cooling temperature


difference indicates that the fluid temperature is below
the hydrate stability temperature and the system
precipitates hydrates at that pressure and temperature
condition.

Results
Property l Value
Req. Methanol Injection Volume (STB/d) l

170 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

Lesson 3 Severe riser slugging fi


Severe slugging in risers can occur in a multiphase transport
system consisting of a long flowline followed by a riser. Severe
slugging is a transient phenomenon that can be split into four
steps (Figure 23).
T —>

—> L,

I l
Figure 23 Four slugging steps

1 In this step, gas velocity is insufficient to carry liquid


droplets up the riser. Droplets start to accumulate at the
base of the riser, then block the riser and cause increased
back-pressure on the pipeline.
2 In slug production, the liquid level reaches the riser outlet,
and the liquid slug begins to be produced until gas reaches
the riser base.
3 In bubble penetration, gas is again supplied to the riser, so
the hydrostatic pressure decreases. As a result, the gas
flow rate increases.
4 This step corresponds to gas blowdown. When the gas
produced at the riser bottom reaches the top, the pressure
is minimal, and the liquid no longer is gas-lifted. The liquid
level falls, and a new cycle begins.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 171


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

PIPESIM does not rigorously model severe slugging associated


with risers as this is a transient phenomenon, but it does report a
dimensionless indicator of the likelihood of slugging occurring (the
Severe Slugging Indicator - Pots).
Severe slugging is most prevalent in cases in which a long
flowline precedes a riser, especially for cases in which the flowline
inclination angle is negative going into the riser (as in Figure 23).
In cases of severe slugging, a slug catcher must be sized to be
able to receive a volume of liquid at least equal to the volume of
the riser. However, severe slugging can be mitigated by measures
such as topsides choking or riser base gas lift.
The Severe Slugging /ndicatoris the ratio between the pressure
build-up rates of the gas phase and that of the liquid phase in a
flowline followed by a vertical riser:
r
ZR /MWG
Pl- SS : mi
HLFQGFWL

where:
Z = Gas compressibility factor
R = Gas universal constant
T = Temperature (K)
M = Molecular weight of gas
WU = Gas mass flow rate (kg/s)
W,_ = Liquid mass flow rate (kg/s)
g = Acceleration because of gravity (m/s2)
L,.- = Flowline length (m)

Ear = Average flowline gas holdup


Severe slugging is expected when the Severe Slugging Indicator
number is equal to, or less than, 1. This model can be used to
determine the onset of severe slugging, but it cannot predict the
length of severe slugs, where they are located, or how fast they
will are produced into the separator. Refer to the PIPESIM Help
topic Liquid by Sphere for details).

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

Exercise 1 Screen for severe riser slugging -7‘-


Continue using the model from the previous exercise.
1. To deactivate the methanol injector, right-click it and click
Deactivate on the menu.
2. Reset the tieback/riser insulation thickness to the value
obtained earlier that prevents hydrate formation in the
system (1”).
3. Click the Subsea Manifold.
4. Launch the System analysis task from the Home tab.
5. Set Outlet Pressure as the Calculated Variable and leave
the default Inlet pressure and Liquid flow rate values at their
current settings.
6. For the X-axis, select System data as the sensitivity object
and Liquid flow rate as the sensitivity variable.
7. Enterthe following flow rates: 8000, 14000, and
16000 STB/d.
8. Click Run.
9. Double-click the System results plot and change the Y-axis
variable to display the variable Severe Slugging Indicator -
Pots. This represents the minimum value of the Severe
Slugging Indicator number along the subsea tieback at the
base of the riser.
10. Record your answers in the table.

Results l
Severe slugging I 8,000 STB/d I 14,000 STB/d l 16,000 STB/d
Severe slugging
indicator

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 173


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

Lesson 4 Slug catcher sizing


PIPESIM is frequently used to estimate the capacity requirements
for slug catchers. A slug catcher is a pressure vessel with
sufficient volume to buffer the downstream process system from
slugs of liquid coming from the upstream system.
For offshore platforms, the designer must balance the high cost of
adding a larger vessel to the platform against the potential of a
large slug overwhelming the liquids handling capacity and shutting
down the entire system.
There are three typical scenarios to consider in the sizing of slug
catchers for this type of system:
- Hydrodynamic slugging
- Pigging
- Ramp-up

Hydrodynamic slugging
Hydrodynamic slugging is caused by the instability of waves on
the gas-liquid interface in stratified flow under certain flowing
conditions. When these slugs are numerous, the pipeline is said to
be operating in the slug flow regime. Most multiphase production
systems experience hydrodynamic slugging.
Usually, it is impractical to design a pipeline system that
completely avoids slugging problems. Also, because
hydrodynamic slugs grow as they progress along the pipe, long
pipelines can produce large hydrodynamic slugs. Severe riser
slugging, which was modeled in the previous exercise, is a special
case of hydrodynamic slugging involving a riser.
PIPESIM calculates the mean slug length as a function of
distance traveled by using the SSB or Norris Correlations. A
continuous intermittent flow regime in the pipeline is required for
slugs to form. A probabilistic model (based on experimental data
from Prudhoe Bay field data in Alaska) is applied to calculate the
largest slug out of 10, 100, and 1,000 occurrences. The 1/1000
(one in one thousand) slug length is often considered as one of
the criteria to determine slug catcher volume requirement.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

The slug prediction output from PIPESIM yields the length and
frequency for the selected slug size correlation:
- Mean slug length (distribution is assumed skewed log
normal)
- 1 in 1,000 slug length and frequency
- 1 in 100 slug length and frequency
~ 1 in 10 slug length and frequency
The preceding probabilities represent various levels of confidence
regarding the maximum slug size. For example, a 1 in 1,000 slug
length of 50 meters indicates there is a 0.1% probability of the
maximum slug length exceeding 50 meters.

Pigging
In multiphase flow in horizontal and upwardly inclined pipe, the
gas usually travels faster than the liquid because of lower density
and lower viscosity. This is referred to as slippage. Multiphase
flow correlations predict the slip-ratio, which depends on many
factors, such as fluid properties, pipe diameter, and flow regime.
The definition of liquid holdup was discussed earlier in the
training.
In steady-state flow, the gas usually travels faster than the liquid
when the flow direction is upwards, so it slips past the liquid. For
the volume flow rate to remain constant, the area of the pipe
occupied by the gas must shrink. This gives rise to a higher liquid
volume fraction than if the gas traveled at the same velocity,
resulting in liquid holdup, as illustrated in Figure 24.

i.=v.ii. v.l ii. l

~1I="I~I —— "IIAII ‘
Figure 24 Liquid holdup

During a pigging operation, a solid object with an outside diameter


slightly less than the inside diameter of the pipeline is sent through
the line to push out liquids and debris. As a pipeline is pigged

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

(Figure 25), a volume of liquid builds up ahead of the pig and is


expelled into the slug catcher as the pig approaches the exit.
PIPESIM considers that the pig travels at the mean fluid velocity.
It uses the liquid holdup in the pipeline to calculate the volume of
liquid that is swept along in front of the pig as it moves. This
calculation is reported as the sphere generated liquid volume
(SGLV).

_.Vci->
"Vi—>

Q VM
L
Figure 25 Pigging operation

Ramp-up
When the flow rate into a pipeline increases, the overall liquid
holdup typically decreases because the gas can more efficiently
sweep out the liquid phase. When a rate increase (ramp-up)
occurs, the liquid volume in the pipeline is accelerated resulting in
a surge.
A ramp-up operation is illustrated in Figure 26. PIPESIM predicts
the liquid surge rate using Cunliffe’s Method. For more details,
see the CunIiffe's method reference in the PIPESIM help system.
-K /\
Qg initial f ft

5 ii. .3
2/
/"\
,» surge i vl

j?\
‘IV? final i '

I II ._._ \>
Figure 26 Ramp-up operation

176 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

Evaluation of each scenario


For a more detailed analysis of slug catcher sizing, you also
should consider the drainage rates of the primary separator and
slug catcher. Hydrodynamic slugs and pig-generated slugs
typically occur over a short duration (minutes), while the surge
created by a ramp-up operation can occur over a long duration
(hours/days). Detailed slugging calculations are better performed
in a transient multiphase simulator, such as OLGA.

Exercise 1 Size a slug catcher 7‘

In this exercise, you screen for severe slugging and determine the
required size of the slug catcher based on the largest volume of
the following criteria, multiplied by a safety factor of 1.2.
Consider these criteria:
- Hydrodynamic slugging, which typically generates the largest
slugs of all the scenarios. The design is based on the
statistical 1/1000 population slug size, as determined by
using the SSB or Norris Correlations.
- The requirement to handle liquid swept in front ofa pig.
- Transient effects, such as the requirement to handle the
liquid slug generated when the production flow is ramped up
from 8,000 to 16,000 STB/d, such as ramp-up surge.
NOTE: The slug-catcher is sized to address only the I
scenarios described here, and it does not address
severe riser slugging.lt is assumed that severe riser
slugging can be mitigated with topsides choking or
riser-based gas lift.

Continue using the model from the previous exercise.


1. From the Home tab, go to Simulation settings > Output
variables. The Flow Assurance report template is selected.
2. To make a copy so you can customize it, click the Clone
button.
3. Enter a name for the cloned report.
4. To see all the selected profile variables., click the Profile tab.
To see the complete list of profile variables, click the
Selected tab to deactivate it.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

5. Add the following profile variables of interest that are not


included in the Flow Assurance template, by selecting the
box next to each of them.
TIP: To filter the list, enter the first few letters of each variable
in the Type I0filter box.

- Sphere-generated liquid volume from section (profile


variable)
- Total sphere-generated liquid volume so far (profile
variable)
- Cumulative liquid holdup (profile variable)
6. Click the System tab and add the following system variables,
if missing.
- Sphere generated liquid volume (system variable)
- 1 in 1000 slug volume (profile and system variables)
7. Exit the dialog box and save your workspace.
8. Launch the P/T profile task and set it up with Outlet pressure
as the Calculated variable.
9. Leave the default values for the boundary conditions.
1O Leave the default values for the boundary conditions.
11 Select System Data as the sensitivity object and Liquid flow
rate as the sensitivity variable and enter the three liquid flow
rates that have been used in the previous exercises (8000,
14000, and 16000 STB/d).
12. Click Run.
13 On the Profile results tab, select Show grid, then click
Select Columns and add the following three variables to the
grid.
- Total/Cumulativeliquid-holdup
- 1 in 1000 slug volume
- Total SGLV so far
14 Click Close to exit the Select columns dialog box.
15 Scroll to the end of the Profile results grid to see these
variables.
16 Change the units for all three variables to bbl.

178 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

17. For each sensitivity rate, extract the maximum 1/1000 Slug
Volume and the Total Sphere Generated Liquid Volume
(SGL\/) at the system outlet and record them
18. Compare the Slug Volume and SGLV with the answers
shown in the figures.
8,000 STB/d
...,... _,..,.__. _,......._ ....._. -.......-, .__...._
.9..." 9-.»-
\g!I_c§11_nsg1mI;_E ]""'*"
ma-mqm-»__-up -s-1...... 0|...-.-
{Quilt/0¢tP$IuIli 0- In-Illim mn- v-qq_- uu-_- .1;-unqu “@- um—- X1-nuns.‘ raw-v.1. ~.uu>-.4
w --at M - .~..-.~-.~...»t.»'> K .-
Ln-dlnwawo-. u-m. Pun- a ta um: nu --1 ma-4 0 mum:

.
urII;::,o¢n‘
om»-.
|§_nlv~on-n§_
an-aunmvoucn-.
040»-
...__
nul-
u-n
um:
ans: ll
usuu \--¢i-- man
___ mun
- mm
ma
-_—_=
nuns
um
nun
um
nun
tn-—:*:.o~»..
mtnnv-yo-um.
r-vans:-;,e-»..
Iblnu mm
.-,-
|z.m7
___
nuws
mm
nan:
l -.-_-_- _- mall;
__..___ ._.._
I;
mm
nun:
mun
E;
mun
mm
mu,
In-I-nuqu-K
In-—n-n.nn-.
in»--nu/mun-_
inane-vqagu»-.
in-—.-..,l>~~_
Ignaz
uam
mun
nag:
nan
mnw
mun
mu
nun
nan:
___.
lll lll EH5
---u-1-.1
___. .
zaulu
a-um
nun
mm
um!
mm

in-an-vqo-av... nun
in:-nun:-yo-1-»; mm |--i~¢..|nmn nan man
lay:--nvqu-v... uu_ |_-In-n|nnn_n_mJ sum uuu
. lll-_IlIU-vino.
manna-,o-n-_
-=1=;-;_,o-no-_
lllll E
mun
E Main
n--um-1 mm
n-n-u-u-rum:
Q.-1
uum
mm
um
may

lll til
:11-nnnuqumm. :- nun um: % mm:
N-lln-vqnnn-_
in-lnnnvqomm.
Luv:-Dnwaqo-nu». |'t"Il"F it Eil
mun
nun
um:
u.w.v
‘II
in
91
mu

14,000 STB/d
M.-,1.‘ vi,-t-M >,¢--1 .-....., wan"-"Ir wu--—
-you-I11 >-.1»-1
9-,...
. . ...a as... ~..-A i,,.,_..
04¢!--flan
m.1--m.,>-~_-an ----—
<- 0=---nu-u—-v an tr-= mp- all iq--‘mu (-u¢- our-i v-.4...“ Ki achava ;,1r|nv-an
w ._,; In. .., » all
lk tmnu-nqm-re n.-n; nun- um II nan um |-.-. 1».-1.4 ~ unnu-
i,--_---—;-Q:-u. uuw I" ;__—_ u;_- um: mm:
l‘_)|Q=I1nIl!a-ylhnnlh h~. mm usu- |-n_n-u¢|l_| mun um >uI2:
,_;_4\|1-user:-~,~.>._ mm amu- -=-—— nus
L-_~1-..-,~;_-_~,q~n..
R11»-I-canon».
im--m-,~»._
mum
‘mun
mun
null any
er.-1
ll ll 2
’ "W iii} rum mm

lll ll
mm- was mans mm
imn-aqua»
l\m|n~~/QM-n_
-in-ii-n-w~,~u. lllll
i-Q
van
uua:
mu
ll‘!!!
nuiu
ii nan
.1?” mam
ma um-
um:
nun
i-3... mm
mm
inn
mum
um;
msm
mm»
in.mn:_-¢,u¢n_ mm Mn» mm:
(glue-u_::-:, tinny.
--9»-—;:-;,c-v-_
in-an-m,,mu._ Pi-I.- mun man l
-_~_; -.-:' ‘ nun
u-gal
>--1
an
m-In
mun
mm
man
‘\»u—;*_":,nnnn_
\H-l1$@bIIPu
tn-unnnwqnt-L
(manna-an-K
___.
n-Q
1 an
mm
mm
._ ___.
tum
gm
ocu-
Ilmll ll lll lé
tilt 2-:
mun
man
-~42
um:
uuu
nun:
mm
a:;.":*:*11a::
lg,,n||-var-=‘=,a4-n._
‘uum
mm
__ ___
umwi
- 1;; tnmn
Qua:
mam
mm
um-
mam
nun
(gfllnubnvqoinn-.. 1-
(‘ilk-llmvqaam
,g__in-1--“,0-mm.
inn-lltfltlb/anon.
nu-
nu-
1-
I- E52?
wan
uum
nuns
aux
paw
saw
ma
L411.
was
I‘
ll nun
mu:
?.';?_3:-,1
um
cum
H8’
-.-.2
mlu
nua-
lull-
..-

16,000 STB/d
.9.» s...»
sp L.-_...“.,.....L.4.._ . "“ _..
.lq.—='=,a-v1.|zsn|i '
. 1-nu e--n--nu: -was-._ 0:»--
- an Eli-F T)!‘ g»-- 1-po- Ihi»IQ- Mu‘!-flv-QM om-i oan—- w._»»~... Vaifinntu uwmlq
.<n'*.¢--1:-»~_»
v;‘|n.un¢-aqua-u_ Sd—Yh. n-in
_‘;m.n-a-qo.¢n_
itnmanmvqmnn.
Ihba
- i»
aw
-w
us
M
zuflu
unm um: 1-am
145:9 nuns
\
um um: sawmi-
vi
man:
E.
___“... .>=~,->_.¢»* -r
uuum
-at
mm

sum
_h|n-in--uqs-n. ‘wont new
iii was uuw nun: mm
;‘||pu--q-~._
__gH|n»|$nnvn;o|nnn_
;__u-uvqo-»._
__4__,\n-u-um.,o.¢-m. n-an
lllll
mm mu-
pan mm 2s.\1m
my mam nan:
mm mm 151
amn-
uni
u-an llllll llilll 52$
unul i--atia-.1 mun
nun
u-u
nun
um:
mn-
um
mm
ma:
mm
4.‘ . __.---- .___._ mm _. .. awn min
mm.-.-,w...
3,».-L-;,».»_
gang-unnuuqu-0».
._.._.
luuu
ma
_nn.uc ms: um
til _v ___
l u-.44
nuns
lam
an
my
ml!
mm:
‘Hun-an;~;,o.~n_
1_-\n.|-nwqoq-we
,§__\nr-nnnunurnqn-nub
.l-. in-an»-~~
—--1 04¢».
___
a-h
...__
mm mm- nun
um; mm
mm
was
___
um mun
ulna
ll l :2
l ll gs
Sula
Ian
um
nun
nan:
flaw
mn-
g,,in-I_mvqo~»_
&--.-H-:;—,a4¢>._
Jullull;-:,o-n. inwnu
Ha
mun
zmn
um:
E I12: wlm nun:

‘gums:-;¢@~ pus
Jnauu$='=7onn. 1!! qua L}-
Ami»--v¢,¢.-.-.
‘Mun-In-nuqu¢n_
- L-T" as
mm
Ba’? :1' u-1-‘run nmn mm
‘gt-.1-megs-~. ;‘._ ‘BF 1
£_ Inwnt-uqunn. IN III
I

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

19. Assuming the design is based on a ramp-up volume from


8,000 to 16,000 STB/d, the ramp-up volume is the difference
in total liquid holdup in the system between the 8,000 STB/d
and 16,000 STB/d cases.
Extract the total liquid holdup at 16,000 STB/d and at 8,000
STB/d, and subtract the two values.
20. Compare your answer with the table that follows.
i NOTE: The surge associated with ramp-up occurs over a
much longer time period than the other cases. When
sizing a slug catcher for a ramp-up scenario,
consider the volume that is discharged from the
vessel during the ramp-up. See Cunliffe‘s Method in
the PIPESIM help system for information about
calculating the ramp-up duration.

21 Determine the highest volume of the three scenarios and


apply a safety factor of 20% to get the design volume for the
slug catcher.
22. Compare it with the answers in the table.

Results
8,000 14,000 16,000
Slug catchersizing STB/d STB/d STB/d
1/1000 slug volume (bbl)
Sphere generated liquid volume (bbl)
Total liquid holdup (bbl)
Ramp-up volume (bbl) l
Design volume for slug catcher (bbl) l

eview questions
Q9 5 Why is it so important to be aware of hydrate formation
conditions and control their appearance?
What are the advantages and disadvantages of thermal
insulation versus chemical inhibition for prevention of
hydrates?
What types of slugs can be predicted with PIPESIM?

180 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Subsea tieback design

- Why should the SGLV not be greater than the cumulative


liquid holdup?
- Can PIPESIM be used for transient analysis?

Summary
In this module, you learned about:
- sizing the subsea tieback line and riser
- determining the pipeline insulation requirements
- determining methanol injection to inhibit hydrate formation
- screening the results for severe slugging at the riser base
- sizing a slug catcher

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 181


Subsea tieback design Schlumberger

NOTES

182 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

Module 7 Looped gas gathering


network
lt is important to be able to model networks as complete systems
taking into account the interaction of the different components
(such as compressors, separators, and wells) producing into
common gathering systems. The wellhead pressure and, by
extension, the deliverability of any particular well is influenced by
the backpressure imposed by the production system.
Modeling the network as a whole allows the engineer to determine
the effects of changes such as adding new wells, adding
compression, looping flow lines, and changing the separator
pressure.
In this module, you learn how to build a gathering network and
perform a network simulation to evaluate the deliverability of the
complete production system.

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- build a network model
- specify the network boundary conditions
- solve the network and establish the deliverability

Lesson 1 Model a gathering network


Network models are constructed using the same procedures
learned through the earlier lessons.

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

Boundary conditions
To solve a network model, enter the correct number of boundary
conditions. Boundary nodes have only one connecting branch,
such as a production well, injection well, source, or sink.
The number of boundary conditions required for a model is
determined by the models Degrees of Freedom:
Degrees of Freedom = number of wells (production and
injection) + number of sources + number of sinks
For example, a 3-well production system producing fluid to a
single delivery point has 4 degrees of freedom (3+1), regardless
ofthe network configuration between the well and the sink.
Each boundary can be specified in terms of:
- Pressure
- Flow rate
- Pressure/Flow rate (PQ) curve.
Additionally, these conditions must be satisfied:
- The number of pressure, flow rate, or PQ specifications must
equal the Degrees of Freedom of the model.
- At least one pressure must be specified.
- At each source (production well and source) the fluid
temperature must be set.
PIPESIM validates that the correct number and types of boundary
conditions are set before the simulation run can be initiated.

Solution criteria
A network has converged when the pressure balance and mass
balance at each node are in the specified tolerance. The
calculated pressure at each branch entering and leaving a node is
averaged, and the tolerance of each pressure is calculated from
this equation:
If all P101 values are in the specified network tolerance, that node
has passed the pressure convergence test. This process is
repeated for each node. The total mass flow rate into and out of a
node are averaged. The tolerance is calculated from this equation:

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

ifthe M101 value is in the specified network tolerance, that node


has passed the mass convergence test. This calculation is
repeated for each node.
The network has converged when all of the foregoing conditions
are satisfied.

Exercise 1 Model a pipeline network


In this case study, your goal is to establish the deliverability of a
production network. The network consists of three producing gas
wells in a looped gathering system that deliver the commingled
stream to a single delivery point.
1. Launch PIPESIM and create a new, network-centric
workspace.
2. From the Insert tab, add the following equipment:
- Wells 3 (Use the Simple Vertical
template for all wells.)
- Junctions 4
- 3-phase separator 1
- Compressor 1
- Heat exchanger 1
- Sinks 3
3. Rename and arrange them exactly as shown in the figure.
. U ._ . ..
t‘

(Z
:
2

a.94 I

M
I
"ii"
ii
re
E . .
‘Q $ dl ‘ M YE vita’:

0 J! in Q
0

O0
Q .
5 iqulgmenl 1;
Q 5:: . I . . i::',~et
..~_
E 1.-W...
Q -==¢=w.—..=, -.1 .
-

4. Connect the inserted objects using flow lines and connectors


so that the network diagram exactly matches the figure.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 185


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

5. Rename all the flow lines exactly as indicated in the figure.


0 NOTE: A connector is shown between Compressor 1 and
HeatExchanger 1.

-~ ' '=.: W ; C:-moves ‘ NEzlB:?'-arc!‘ . sussia

/\_ /ii i i i i i i"®§@


.=../
\\// \\. -
H

‘lieamiien
*4 ii“."‘i I
I_If .
*-T4

0 NOTE: A connector is a line used to represent two separate


objects that are connected, but they have zero length
between them. There is no pressure drop between
objects linked with a connector. For example, a
connector can be used to connect a wellhead and a
choke.

6. Create two new compositional fluids for the three wells


based on the compositions listed in the table.
a. Set the PVT package to Multiflash.
b. Select the 3-parameter Peng-Robinson option as the
Equation of State.
c. Leave all other model settings to their default values, but
name the fluids as listed.
0 NOTE: There are 11 components.

Moles
Fluid_A
Component (Well_1 & Well_2) Fluid_B (We||_3)
Water 10.0 l so
Methane 67.5 l 71.0
Ethane 5.0 l 6.0
Propane 2.5 l 3.0

186 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

Moles
Fluid_A
Component (Well_1 & Well_2) Fluid_B (Well_3)
lsobutane 1.0 1.0
Butane 1.0 1.0
lsopentane 1.0 1.0
Pentane 0.5 0.5
Hexane 0.5 0.5
Carbon Dioxide 2.5 4.0
C7+ 8.5 6.0
Name Molecular weight Specific gravity
C7+ 115 0.683

7. After you create the fluids, map Well_1 and Well_2 to


Fluid_A and Well_3 to Fluid_B in the Fluid manager.
O
Fluids riuir: mapomg Compcnenv model mrrigs
i-21 Current sdedion T Wellstream outlet
. - -. . :~ ' I - ‘av... Gu Ilfiolype Gasmio Gasnuouni: was rznozype warn mio Wm: mic unit
1 WeIl_1 Complexion Flun1_A ~ GOR 7808.156 SCF/STE Watercut 9379615 %
‘ 2 Wdl_Z Completion Ftuiu_A - GOR 7808.156 SCF/STE Watercut 9.87%15 35
3 l Well_3 Completion Fluid_B - son 125665 SCF/STE Watercut 1.102986 tn

8. Save your workspace.


9. In a previous step, you created all three wells using the Simple
Vertical template. Now, you edit the default template values for
each well and change them to the values listed in the table.

Properties l Unit l Well_1 l Well_2 Well_3


Well type lveriieai lvertical Vertical
Casing data
Casing ft 4700 4600 4800
(Bottom MD)
CasinglD linch levee ‘eves levee
Casing wall inch 0.43 0.43 0.43
thickness

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 187


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

Properties Unit Well_1 Well_2 Well_3


Tubing data
Tubing ft 4,450 4,350 4,550
(Bottom MD)
Tubing ID inch 2.441 2.441 2.441

Tubing wall inch 0.217 0.217 0.217


thickness
Properties Unit We||_1 Well_2 Well_3
Roughness inch 0.001 0.001 0.001
(casing &
tubing)
Packer depth ft 4,200 4,100 4,300
(MD)
He at transfer data
Wellhead deg F 60 60 60
ambient
temperature
Heat transfer Btu/ 2 2 2
coefficient (h.degF.ft2)
Completion data
Fluid entry Single Single Single
point point point
Completion ft 4,500 4,400 4,600
depth (MD)
IPR model Well Pl Well Pl Well Pl

Reservoir psia 2,900 2,900 3,100


pressu re
Reservoir deg F 130 130 140
temperature
Gas Pl mm scf/d/ 0.0004 0.0004 0.0005
psi2

The three wells should look like the figures that follow.

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

Well_1
.;;r, Genenl Tubulars Dermtionsurvey Doinmholeeqwpment Artifioallift Huttmnsfer
Hg “ 5“”*c“Q"m Mod: - Stmple Detailed
4 E4 Dlmenslofl npmon: on - Wallthncknas
on
LT
, We
T b
7» Y
'1 t
Maul: isomrri I10 ‘JD ‘Wflflkbs lirequree Q
in - -
l ll C Uomomron
mg W [om ‘ '" lfl E

l
‘ "1 ' """ '* Casmgl mo 5.165 042 0.001 I
j j ,‘ 3. Tubing use 2.441 0117 0.001
i i
l l
l '1
l r
i l
‘i t
l .l
l i
i l
l l
l i
l Pi
l l
l r‘
l l
i i
l l
l l_ Equipment
1 r V» Tb '
mutt _) Z 3] r_' ._.“."‘2 .
l - _l

at
‘SQ j i
. . c.°".‘P‘€Y?9" .
Casing ;
47M R

Wel|_1
.11.‘ Genaltl mu-r Dtmllilupvny Dnniukqiqnrcn Anllanlll rmrmae Ce-violnwm 5u'lo:e ..,.,,.-M
3, ~ wmw» .
a Ii-\ was bunny rrquuo junnrno in-yam 1,,‘ pan Ilrr-u
.‘ Fawn“ - ' -‘Q ' . r _- .

re...” flulmodd
laavnwsutz Bun . » ‘W
no r ~ ‘Wm
W-~= we Es.
»M..a~¢,..¢. M454;/impair 3,,
Usetfifltz ADJ
rm
gnaw
iii
IQ),
no
as
:Q-"P'!\er\r I we
. £33
ma . “""§ t soc mac sat mt zsac see:
-aim. . l'>v~:ic1.v' nu—1m
45"" — t 1 Inna.
. >\ .4
.... _ w

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 189


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

Well_2
:_3_3_£g_ General Tubulars Devintionsurvey Dovmholeequipment Artificiallifl Huttrinsfe
g “ 5""”‘°"Q"" Mode - Simple Dmild
I W54 namereierimim 00 - Wflllhitkn
_j _lUblr\g flow ‘ reir .nmi= laumimun
, _ {in _ iwainiarirrui _ laeiigiiries _ ; (E
1 '5W\|>l¢11Qr'\ nudes-ei-as-a... 7! '" "\ '" .
Casing 1 4600 6.155 013 0.001
EE __ Tublflg 4250 2.441 0211 0.001

i
r

l
l

l
lb
l

l
Elluiumcnt

2| I3! r_i —~ nibiiig


i35DLl _<2r1s;“.=:t.. ..

iii?‘
46000
l
Casing

Well_2
as-i Genall niriiir-is D:VIlIK7I\l4|IVfl Do|n\hek!q|Q|I\an nimruwr Nuittrrdu Cvlvdfllws sin-new-wmm
1 - 5UKiK? souii - fiMV'l!TlON<
= £1
hill lam: jeniiuhyp-Ltni-I-niy new pineal: -In-rrinn 1,; lldil Mmu
n\_ ~ we ~=@ "0" ,.. it . . _ ~_ _ __
.:""l'f'.>5* 1 c . Vanni ' - an i=_'.--
. .1 04:01 7’ -

nan»-i Fludmodd

-r~~~
KBQWQIIQHWPGIIIII in
"W;
PIB¢\!<‘VVR‘{lIIflfl11
FM IE
3
:_,-

MIJSCF/[¢.p!IZ)
- 3,,
fm
.soo
:-01:
Usetcfldlr lam
zwo
31500
- 1-:00
E1220
moo
566
son
EQ\/I{\'WIV" we
' We IX
‘_-gm tr.
: we ma lice mix zson me
13505 I-.,,.@, QIIIIGIIY
umii
.5

190 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

Well_3
:.3.3_if__.._ General Tubulars Deviation survey Downheleequipment Amliciallrlt Huttnnsfer
g " w‘”‘c‘ ‘QM’ Mode - Simpk Daailzd
. Kl-3. 2 Dimflfiionofliflm on Pwllltftlckflflfi
L" 7. ' , Name ibotmmfl) D llailmichteskouyntus
" *l l Tania; tlow irerii tfl
l l.<>Mple1iori 'dT‘:t.»--3‘ A in In lfl _
‘ l \ 1 Casing! 4810 6.765 0.43 OM11
_| Tubing 4550 2.441 0.217 0.001
1 r

l
l . l
l
l l l
l

i
l r l
l :
l l r

l
l
lJ .1
. Equiiwnent
l l
r.irii-»;
we rt l is: lzr I.
l
A l l ceiriamrr
_=sm~ ‘TF mg 1
l i
W1}

Well_3
st- Geilll Tflllllfl oeviiii-iiiaiivey Dwwfliokujllufvkfi iuuiri-in Phlwldu cerieem-it siirr-rrea-arr-ii
2 ,. suiuuuquii - .».ri»riir N’
= ma
J‘! .
run in-viiniy,i=r_=n.a-my mm M4000 um-inc rm Ami: niiiimi
.e.§it.t..,~
cblnatlzfl
-41 in-\v@ -
in-v~'~‘\iu;l;~l_‘_‘_i______EU if E > iii."-
I:.¢cvnIF|udrn&d

lesuvvIIm\pauIuI
Ranvmwsuz iiii r .‘xi.;
.a~.
nu» wine zecc
Fru0u<hidyI\d¢x MN5(F/td.|>n2i 140:
uiaiqa-4 $3‘
mo:
- 150:
Q 1(0)
E mi
ii»
j l
wit
k
ti
QELT‘ V‘ 7 * ax :> oer
4j§Q'( , ! I i I;‘D\eL.;* ‘ll-"""
‘WW , ‘ X‘

-mow

10. Click the Flowline manager on the Home tab.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 191


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

11 Specify the flowline details, as shown in the diagram.


TIP: Double-click the Name column to sort in alphabetical
order to make it easier to enter the data).

Name Bum HM’. dixance Elev. diff» Undulatlon ID Wall thickness Roughness Arriii. Temp. Detailed oiierriile.
- ' ft - r - - degF -
30000 O 5065 0 Z8 0.0018 60
i'1‘i1‘ ZLDUJ 6 065 3 7S 0.001! H)
)ll)0\Il 6.065 0 ZS 0.0018
30000 6.065 0 28 0.0015
ui>ui~i- EFF ml-u 258 10 02 0 36‘ 0,0018 SS
"5 GL l 128 7 981 0 32 0.0013
1 ut 10000 7 981 0 Z 0.0018
s Ol. 1 46'? 6.065 125 0.0013
_9 A/FL 1 25 -1.016 0 Z37 0.0018 88
m WFL z 4.016 O Z37 0 00KB
11 WFL 3 A 026 0 737 0 0013
12 WL-1 _£55 ocia/oc v Q€rO\D uOJ _:Ow T 6 O65 ) 28 0 0013 888$8S

TIP: To populate/fill the same value down a column, such as


the constant roughness value of 0.0018 inches shown
in the figure, enter the value into the top row you want
to fill down from, and press F3.

12 Exit the Flowline manager. All the flow lines are now valid
(they are no longer red.)
13. Double-click the Separator (3PS) and select Gas as the
Production stream.
14 Leave the default value of 100% for both the Gas/Oil and
Water/Oil efficiencies.
15 Without exiting the Separator dialog box, click the
Compressor and enter a Pressure differential of 4 O0 psi and
an Efficiency of 7 0%.
16 .Without exiting the Compressor dialog box, select the Heat
Exchanger and enter a Pressure differential of 15 psi and
Discharge temperature of 120 degF.
17 Exit the dialog box and save the workspace.
18. Navigate to Home > Simulation settings > Flow correlations.
19. Select Beggs & Brill Revised as the global vertical and
horizontal multiphase flow correlations.
20. From the Home tab, launch the Network simulation task.

192 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

21. Configure the boundary conditions for the simulation task. |

Nam: Nflwullr simullhun

Dbcrlpiinfl
mar grmtllfllcfl um/arii-<vi MEIR? Prime ISMIS Olflfliflflllitlfllly oiirpiir flflllls
Bl!\|!\UI|\ (flhdlhbfli Rat: aimiiiiis
rm tittq an Rllllitllld no 5D(€I‘ltfll0|I$
Lotlhcn at ~=ii BGAIPGIW (i1l\QDO'\§ - Reservoir S4lI'l(! snpplotd no Sfltfllltlllflflfl
Ovevide pins: Inns
mm Type cerrigiaieii MM Pia-=01 Flvvvrlnlypc Flwntztqj HOWIIYQLII ’BWp¢lR\AIE ZIIQ PQTINQ ma
, pl: dQqF
1 iw=|_1 wet ciwiiaeieri I ~ tzson |Liq\nd -l is-run - . 13 i nllld_fl
___,
Z Wel.Z Wd C eiripiaieii . Z900 Llq kl ta 318 d no I riiiia_A
__1__wa) war ci-iiaiersaii . IJ -iiiiiia were no ,_ _ i @i3’_
_4___e-r_sue si»ii g __ _ _ < am lflklkfi steo X g g_g _-
LOi_§‘DflQt siiiir ___'____ _ 4 250 iqiii-1 srsia - g W W _ _____?__i __‘A_
L wm_tremrum stint I '' ~ isa |l|\1ld srs G ' _ I 7' j 7 '

NOTE: The Run button is active only when the required O


number of P,Q specifications have been supplied and
there are no validation issues.

22. Click Run to launch the simulation.


23. View the Profile results.
- To select all the branches and display them in a plot, click
the box.
- To display only one branch or specific set of branches,
select the individual row or select multiple rows.
\lV>4/Qrvhlian t.....a..... Iflfi,D-lfllvflafl! Ma.-W @I§II@WW\tVY .--re-.¢
r»-we -iw.»-pen

T“_ih.-s.— .... —7—7 I ii.-'_-i -es»---


":3.-"399 .
fie<$.e_. E";
.. Q ,o>. T " ' ' '
ii..-,i-..-i-.- »~\
__ A .. .....’,.._, A
31 riti
em _i...i1i__ __,_' --

ii?t
\77__._._i ..t
ii. , " '\>c
.p ae-=:eu_...
.7‘
twp. L _
é
. Z. V»
'
77
‘ r5! N;

g -
/v>~ .. x .... ..e \>~> .. ~.
"iii..-rim

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014 193


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

24. To plot the profile results for the flow path from Well_3 to the
Gas_Sales sink, as annotated in the figure, select the
highlighted branches.
Observe the 400 psi pressure boost provided by the
Compressor.
E .

,5“ ( i: “mar; Cnmvrensa‘ Heatfirchanga‘ ab; @s,_5,i=


-» -----
.'T >
T
F FL 'L
< 4 <

hon -1 FL 5 3P5 DL oii -sari;


-at < ‘L M
|_ - > ca > (5_.
:1: ‘

‘L
4
4 <

~ jresrirar
Q
|- > -
.513

Double-click the arrow in the Branch column to sort in


decreasing alphabetical order.
O NOTE: The arrow in the figure points to the 400 psi pressure
differential from the Compressor.

\rv('\ivVl1B1\ 'l¢!¢In»\<>~c.m: >'e‘l1vr..': em rwr-iv 4 r

I--a
».._.,._-_ ii...--_-...
_. ~11
an IINQVIVI1
:»_si~-,- . _/'
in‘. .‘_ln<v~v~ t ..i \
\\
r-rr-r 1)n~<9:—i i
iI
u -a. vs T
lhnwh-4 .1..-
Qafinn
~; l
ln
J,‘
D
‘E
>0rkl
4 >3' iii
1,'i "-: /7 ‘I,
.

/
" "’r-»=-i-mrwr

25. Review the Node/Branch results and determine the network


deliverability.

194 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

26. Record your results in the following table.


Results
Gas flow rate to Gas Sales (mmscfld)
Oil flow rate going to Oil Storage (STB/d)
Water flow rate to treatment (STB/d)

Ntbvnfi §II\\b|_b0fl we aiiiiai retire vierik IKAIIIS QUWM 5\|l|N'\ll",4 ciiiwi den-ls
Dually mode - Node B!N\<h
Yypelllzv‘ .vi
lll San: raiiiriiie O swim in st 60: ST WCUI Fl5I$rIt(.-- FL WCUT
Nun: 1,9: lanai i>i-mt-am 1-ii,-ia-mivim $7 liquid rm ST on rm St Wu in S1 6:1 wt:
x mmd la
Fil degF sra/4 $15/d star u l\'\l'V\S<7 4 SCF srs

4 re
a 1441.131 zzmmz 241.1»: 11.\ms1 111155 9319012 unmusc uusa
flIlp\$61\CDI¢|$Kl Nd) mm: ms; van: 011085151 1011
wag 193472 Bum mun; 1511312 131515 11111559 1m§.11
cerriauiwi 17.55101 1117255 95-isms mums usual
W41 mun 18.9543 B00961 227451 117.455
0
usi- !\l'\(\ orlwkbfll
__ CA7II#¢I5l\
0 0 n 105551 0 0511111
_A_jci,.rweiii-1 ceirerew flllllfl unmss rz 0519303 n
n1 1.119019 0 u 0 49.557
iJ5L-2 rn-are 1231.523 7151.52; 0 s..\a9m2 4314601 0 015515547 ummscss
_§ ‘oi.-1 an-in 250 56.31.15! 100 LBZSH-09 mo
um sums 7493323 0 149.1213 ezmst-a7
find sie-ie 0 0 0 aim? ii 0503415 ti
I nuhni-qua run-nniga 5.51161 111 nsens 0311145 s.zri1m
wuss 1412224 31.143 281.131 zsimu zsms uses:
L linehhfli ' lwncbon
smssu 6251904 susas mum 9313233 xsom 151%
null 51.04341 b‘m.2nu 7.131513
10 iii.-em: lflfllfll auimi zmm zznnim 241.1792 11.11897 1111155 u19613 lmmts
11 lI\¢W\X hllcfifl Wm mmm 0.29045 1.150125

»
minis uum musx 1010.562 mum muss
12 —..——-.... ii 0 ammns ii
1: s-Eur; nu uu-m 0 nn551s687 imoomms
M stmau 7711533 sum
43219212419 100
1t
_u o4_sair-9e suflnfi mam ennui-01 100
aswni-_tr-min mo ri mun: umzs
15 .. 4125719 szrrmii it iz 8563!
2200001 241.1152 17.1mm 7711155 9319613 0.1732512 7.\2m4s
mans! sun» 1441.151 unastm 1.1399119
V4Wd|_l. mzun B01961 251.031 zn ms l7.§S7lJl 1711.55 sum:
1014251
ll wail
_1i_j wi.<i_s zttgr r 1012.393 Q3911 177:3! 101312 136.116 2011559 11316.12 1 man 015397 sauszs

27. You now determine the drop in Gas production in the event of
a compressor shutdown. This scenario assumes that there is
a bypass line around the compressor that allows gas
production to be maintained if the compressor goes down.
28. To simulate this scenario, right-click the Compressor and
select Deactivate.

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

29. Re-run the network simulation task and compare your results
with the answer in the table.

Results
Gas sales (without compressor) (mmscfl ‘
d)

Netwovksrmutlnol‘ Eng! “mm lode aim» 6 It v mile cw?!" Output mm-~ ohm dflll
owl» mcfle - Node E'lr\ r
'.v@1m~ All
||| Sdectwlmws. O E-omd m
mm ‘rp- Bunch Pr§mwv(B\R\ Tunoaowvl (wt) SY |-qua in 51 0-i rm s1 Wnu -we st 6-; -me Sr 608 sr wcur F|.6usrl\Al-.. rt wcut
Git degF sra ta en; ¢ 515 a r~\m<<t ta scr s1s VV\H\(‘ a
1_}CI'lpi$ur\ Comvlzno-1 mung 1191.1: muss H0511; 1514311 131395) 193111 1515.11 unmet omaouu 100
1 ‘(wean Ccflwlam mu) mzwe ussass 23u.1so zwsim zzum mm: 111155 omens omamu um:
2 j(mI\pkbBl\ Calnplocm w¢n_1 mum mam 2311411 214236 Bums msssu 111125 annex: 101201422 usnsa
l_ an no-vs-= no 1.113111 0 0 n 4510696 0 uuaz I1
__$_101~x he-- zsa swan mam mam 0 5112152 1190165 0 iusasce 00009415
§_|wi-1 am.‘ use $53192 115221 o nszzse u1m;M6 inn umsuz-as no
Linens-=<>~»»g¢n Hut EtfilI\§G umuzz no u 0 0 tunes 0 0.11151; 0
3" 11¢-<\m 2 hndtnn zzosua 90.03442 2:11:34 1563529 mans znnzz wssuz sssuez 02401211 ssunsa
__s_l|u-nut 4 1»-ww- names 15.10151 smsn s1!1.w1 sum sum-i swam lass iusmzas sums:
an 1»-a»-it 1.-.a».1 mznn assnsa musa xnsml 225191 1512393 1111255 as-11513 11311511: sum:
iii‘ lun<!>nnZ
Au O\l_S1vn9t
y wng_l'vemnu\\
;s_pvs1
it-lqm
1_2_ s~_sqe_____>__g“1
s-kn
an
“IQ phase swam!
ussm
aw
150
no
assnim
B3817
111.113
sunn
6.21191
1sA4mz
1:94:11
a
5102113
nmm
o
zm.1\1
0
nnsm
0
0
1”
0
1120231
0
u x
nmnim
05.11602
1111155
11941155
ansuu
0
u
mo
0
izzzrlssl 606154
15129304 E__.
usznela
|.19zn2E-on 100
05101356 nan“
0 .

y_lw-Au Wel tum 925114 2211.161 moszm 2215191 mum 111155 9119613 onus: nun
V11/‘twang we: 11111.13 92.15131 B11411 zuzsas uum mam 111155 ansm 11451155 sums
u lwdlj wu uwms 9455054 1105.115 1511311 1.113952 193111 mun 1 1ua| 1.1160913 5491424

Exercise 2 Screen the network for erosion


issues
In this case study, your goal is to screen the network for possible
erosion limit violations and identify branches that exceed the
erosion velocity limit.
1. To re-activate the compressor, right- click and select
Activate.
2. Navigate to Home > Simulation settings > Erosion/Corrosion.
3. Confirm that the API 14e erosion model is selected and the
default Erosional velocity constant (C value) of 100 is being
used.
4. Run the network simulation task.
5. On the Profile results tab, change the Y-axis variable to
display Erosion velocity ratio. The erosional velocity ratio
(EVR) is calculated as:

Fluid velocity
EVR =
Erosion velocity calculated by the Erosion model
lf EVR > 1, there is an erosion risk.

196 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

6 Display the EVR plot for all branches.The arrow points to the
EVR limit for all branches.
rv-enarmulen ’%6<ElIr>|rfl4§. ..- N. O\ln|l:uvf\I\ @w¢...=
,.,,.. ~)'w<y(
M’. ~-~.--.».l_-.-Q-.
"ya ;
M--4:12"? . ._
5 “!é"':9‘
....~..,..»_i.,....t
\¢n&nl)'<.!r_' l
| 5..-,.._nm,: ,
A...“-.1_-x ' -
"l7\»e-\§.1~=-1-*_:_.
cm... ___._ ‘. ' 1I
4 ;<,;_»..; 1
Tvéfjfi
'L*§_.__... .. E i /

M“.-.,..
-,_,,.,. ..y,_e, -.~._. -. -A_...

Identify the branches where the EVR exceeds one and


record your answers.
Results
Branches where EVR > 1 l

Why do these branches have the highest EVR?


(These are the well branches. They have the highest flowing
pressures and temperatures, hence highest fluid velocities.
They also have smaller pipe diameter sizes than the surface
flow lines).
Determine possible solutions to get rid of the erosion issues
and implement them in the network.

Review questions
How many boundary conditions must be supplied by the user
in a PIPESIM network model?
What are the rules for pressure and flow rate specification in
a PIPESIM Network model?

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

Summary
In this module, you learned about:
- building a model of the network
- specifying the network boundary conditions
- solving the network and establishing the deliverability
- identifying the network branched for erosion limits

198 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Looped gas gathering network

NO TES

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 199


Looped gas gathering network Schlumberger

NO TES

200 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

Module 8 Simple network model


on the GIS map
The Geographic Information System (GIS) map capability
introduced in PIPESIM 2013 provides an additional option to build
networks. In total, there are three methods available to create a
network in PIPESIM.
- build on the logical network canvas
- build directly on the GIS map
- import a shape file to automatically create the network
Building the network on the logical network canvas is the method
that was used for the Subsea Tieback and Looped Network
exercises. After you build the network in the logical view, you can
superimpose it on a GIS map by launching the GIS map and
selecting a target area. You reposition the equipment and pipeline
routes to replicate the actual layout.
The second option, building the network model directly on the GIS
map, is the focus of this module.
The third (and more advanced option) is to import a shape file to
automatically create the network. This is a feature that was
introduced in PIPESIM 2014 and is not covered in this training.
For more details about this option, refer to the topic Creating a
Network Model from a GIS Shapefile Automatically, and refer to
two tutorials available in the PIPESIM Help.
- Automatic Creation of a Network Model on the GIS Map
- Investigation of the Use of lnline Heating for Wax Mitigation
This module discusses how to build a pipeline network directly on
the GlS map. This feature allows you to build a model that more
closely represents real-world conditions. The exact pipeline terrain
profiles follow the real route on the earth and they can be
automatically collected by PIPESIM. The captured elevation data
is used by PIPESIM for more accurate pressure drop calculations

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

Learning objectives
After completing this module, you will know how to:
- add a GIS map to the model
- draw pipelines following terrain features
collect and display elevation data for the pipelines using GIS
maps

6 Lesson 1 Pipeline modeling


Accurate modeling of pipelines in many areas of the world (on
land and subsea) requires knowledge of the elevation changes
along the pipeline route; historically, collecting that data has not
been a trivial exercise. In recent years, however, GIS web
services have been developed to make geo-referenced map
images available directly to users or for access by software, such
as PIPESIM.

3* Exercise 1 Build the network model on a map


1. Create a new network-centric workspace.
2. On the Home tab, click the GIS map icon to launch the GIS
map.
A GIS map provided by Esri automatically appears if you
have Internet access and there are no firewalls preventing
access to the Esri site. The default map is the Esri World
Satellite map and it is one of several Esri maps built into
PIPESIM. You have the option to set up connections to other
Esri maps or to other map services, such as Bing and even
corporate GIS map services.
For details, refer to topics in the PIPESIM Help: Choosing a
Basemap, Using Map Sen/ices, and Adding Bing Basemaps.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

3. With the GIS map open, click the Format tab to display the
expanded functionality available for GIS networks.
NOTE: There are several ways to zoom into a location on the 0
map to build the network. You can manually zoom into
an area, import a shape file, or open a map cache ofa
limited map area. After zooming in on the area of
interest, save the location to the workspace as a
Bookmark so you can reuse it. Bookmarks are
workspace-specific and can be repeatedly used, but
only in the workspace in which they are saved.
PIPESIM also has built-in bookmarks.

4. Locate the Bookmarks list on the Format tab and select


Northridge from the drop-down list. The map zooms into the
Northridge area.
II 2|: r~
— 9
I:1.lIl 11"”
e ‘.31 -..».,
‘M .,
"
». Ifllkfliél-iv!
-' »4'ii1~~ M. ‘ =h 1
ii 1.; ;, - . .-
-
.... ... t W. +
f..=.

0.1
‘I ~ir'<, t ,
0
A

.. 9 .1.

TIP: To pan the map (move left/right and up/down), hold the
Ctrl key and click the mouse, then move left/right and
up/down. U

5. Go to the Insert tab and insert a well anywhere on the map.


6. Select the Simple vertical template for it, when prompted.

PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014 203


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

7. To position the well at an exact geographic location:


a. Go to the Format tab and click the Equipment Locations
icon.
b. Enter the Lat-Long coordinates for the well, as shown in
the figure.
‘ Equipment locations

Name ‘Latitude ;Longi'mde Elevation


4)- ../waded ' deg ' ft '
1 Well ]'34.315014 -118564151 fl I

8. Use the Zoom area feature on the Format tab to zoom in on


an areal extent around a well that resembles the one
depicted in the figure.

204 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

9. As closely as possible, insert additional objects in the


locations that are depicted in the figure. (The exact locations
are unimportant.)
- A second well in the southeast (use the Simple Vertical
template)
- A choke near the first well
- One junction
~ One sink

10. From the Insert tab, click the Flowline icon.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 205


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

11. Draw the first flowline to connect the Choke 1 to Junction 1,


following the path shown in the figure.
“ TIP: Trace the path of the existing flowline in the GIS map
6 view that appears as a thin white line.

206 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

12. Draw the second flowline to connect Well-1 to Junction 1 to


Well-1, again following as closely as possible the path shown
in the figure. Again, trace the path of the thin white line,
which represents an existing flowline on the GIS map.

13. Draw the third (final) flowline to connect Junction 1 to Sink 1. ‘

14. On the Insert tab, click the Connector icon.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 207


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

15. Draw a connector from the first well to the Choke. Your map
should match the map in the figure.

16. From the Home tab, select Flowline Manager.


17. Enter these values for all flow lines in the network:
- Common flowline ID: 3.026 inch
- Wall thickness: 0.216 inch
- Pipe roughness: 0.0018 inch
18. To fill down a value in a column, for example ID of 3.026 inch,
enter the value in the first row and press F3.
Leave the Hon Distance column blank; it is populated when
you use the PIPESIM GIS Elevation Capture feature.
‘E 1, ..

Name Adv: HM-fishnce Hlmdilf. Undulllion D W1|lfhi&\$ Roughness Amh.Temp. D$iled QIHIHQ-..
4 ft n - In ~ II\ - lfl - deg? -
1FL ./ 10 3.025 one cams so
izfilru 10 2 .026 0.216 (LM18 so
.3 rtz \\ 0 1: ll] 3.026 0.216 o.oo1a 50

208 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

19 On the Format tab, select the Cluster check box. This action
groups together all the items joined by connectors into a
single node that represents the actual physical location of
these objects.
The number in the node (circle) indicates the number of
objects in the cluster. The unclustered (original) and
clustered views display on the left and right, respectively.

20 Capture the elevations.


Select the Elevation points box in the Show/hide group of
the Format tab. Red circles have been added to the flow
lines. The circles indicate the positions along the flow lines
where the points were captured from the map.
To capture elevations at more locations along the flow
lines, go to the Format tab and change the interval from
the default value of 300 ft to 60 ft in the Interval box of the
Elevation group.
The number of red circles (elevation points) along the flow
lines increases.
On the Fonnat tab, in the Elevation group, there are two
elevation data sources available: SRTM and ASTER.
Leave the default SRTM service selected.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

For more detail on the data sources, refer to the PIPESIM


Help topic: ASTER and SRTM Elevation Data Sources.
IiGa.vi= ~
Q -EL; - .
gs,-1. ..
//cedar. (ester .-.IR" *5. -T, 1x ~ i Vegsreee - ie<~cn'r""~0'\ ‘
v» “.4 Q ~.~. xrv 1,.» M... Earls nevi! (IVE? '
Bxwam -- on-13 =43 (I4? Measreru q &,rr :~<ri:~ M
1:5 ...,.~ c-:5>»>o\< NHMOFK V .».,, 9 vs»: Q 3o»~~:;: “£0 1-.
Lao’ mi»... l
Studves Study. ~ ’ + new > » + ”" i "‘
I‘_ ;_~=v--K-=1-1-==
E Wei; .
0 Score‘,
- O s»\|.,:i:
1' ~.....,..,.. -1.

d. Click Capture elevation. The elevation points change to


green if the operation was successful. The flow lines are
no longer invalid and the map should match the figure.

21. (Optional) Select the GIS nodes box. This setting causes red
square boxes to display at the end points of each flowline
segment that correspond to a change in direction.

210 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

22. Double-click any flowline to view the geometry profile data.


The Populatefrom GIS map box is selected because the profile
data was captured from the map.

Z EM. F; I l: X

FLOWLINE
De
Name: FL-1
Active:
Mode; Simple 0 Detailed
Environment I Land Subsea

Override global environmental data:

General Heat transfer


-"Wt IPA T P.
Z833
Inside diameter 3.026 in
Z783
Wall thickness ' : 0.216 In

Roughness: 0.0018 in ZTEJ

1743
f’l'(~'_ttltL LIAIA
Populate from GIS map Z‘ZJ

Flowline starts a t: Junction 1


E= 2730 qiaua
uy
.2
Hot. distance Measured dist... Elevation z 2683
in -ft ft é I663
1 0 0 2801.837 2643
60.00012 60 -(B975 Z7%.5S6
2523
gfiapaimnadu

1200002 1Z).fl899 27%.556


[I taoooo-t 160.17% Z79S.276 2600

II mm 22.3181 1795.276 Z580


E 2400005 251 .0367 277231
>- ~~ - ".'\'\
mm 311.1264 2769.029 C
Horizontal distance (ft)
I! 353.1699 378.4334 Z736.ZZ
u 3600001 379.6642 2736.22
E] 420.0009 439.6643 1736.22 at

WWI" 0
NOTE: If you have profile data for the flow lines from another
source, clear the Populate from GIS map box. Copy
this data and paste it into the grid. This data is
termed the logical profile data to differentiate it from
the GIS profile data that was captured from the map.

The profile data from both sources is stored. To run


the network simulation with the logical or GIS profile
data, select or clear the Populatefiom GIS map box
before the run.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

23. (Optional) To view the GIS map locations for the various
equipment (chokes, junctions, well, etc.), click Equipment
locations in the Utilities group on the Fonnat tab.

Network schematic * GIS map ‘ Equipment locations

Name Latitude Longitude ‘Elevation


. 4 _ deg ' deg ' ft '
1 Choke 1 34.315014 -112564151 2a34.64567
B Junction 1 343138541 -118563914 2801433727
B Sink 1 343124421 -118565474 2641.o7612
u Well 34.315014 -1123564151 283464567
H Well-1 343124914 -118561037 257217848

24. You can reposition any object on the GIS map. In this step,
you reposition the Sink.
On the Fonnat tab, click Zoom out once to view a slightly
larger areal extent.
25. On the map, drag the sink from its current location (Point A)
to the new location (Point B), as indicated in the figure. This
re-orients the flowline connected to the Sink.

212 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

26. The flowline connected to the sink is now invalid. (It is red,
and the dots on it that represent the elevation points have
changed to red.) You repositioned the sink, rendering the
previously-captured elevation data invalid, so you must
recapture the elevation.
27. Before you do that, further alter the path for this flowline.

28. Alter the path for the flowline connected to the sink. From the
Insert tab, click the Add node icon and add three
intermediate nodes to the flowline at the locations indicated
in the figure.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 213


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

29. Move the first two intermediate nodes upwards to the new
positions indicated on the map in the figure that follows.
30. Move the Sink downwards until the flowline trajectory
resembles the trajectory in the figure. To match the trajectory,
move the nodes and the sink in the directions indicated by
the arrows.

214 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

The overall network should match the network map in the


figure.

31. From the Format tab, click Capture elevations to recapture


the elevations, then save your workspace.
32. In the Inputs pane on the left, expand the Equipment list, then
double-click the Choke to enter a bean size of 1 inch.
33. Close the choke editor.
34. Exit the GIS map by closing it. You now are in the logical
network view.

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

35. Rearrange the equipment and flow lines, if needed. (This


does not affect the equipment locations in the GIS map
view.)

_ _______ n Ck1

FL

H1 SR1

FL2

FLT

/ell ‘

36. Go to the Fluid manager on the Home tab and verify that
Black oil is the selected option.
37. Launch the Fluid manager.
38. Click the green plus sign + l to create a new fluid.
39. When prompted, select the Dry gas template from the drop-
down list and click OK.
40. Click the Fluid mapping tab.
41. To map both wells to the new black oil fluid you created,
select it from the drop-down list.
42. Exit the Fluid manager and save your workspace.
43. Launch the Network Simulation task and specify the
boundary conditions shown in the figure.
Ndwvrkgimulltron '~lodeBan<V\ mm Prulrllvesuttt Oulputsumman Oulputdztifls
Sounder. rcvvdfl (n; Rne ccnml nu
hen-new at Requ:z<19Q 59:01 cat ans 2
Location nr yell tmunna ndmcn: - Rrstr 0 s-n-rm Suvuhed 9 Q spec I cu! ens 3
Ovzmdl urrmmte

Name Type Comple-wt um PI:5sur:lPl Fluvnllelype Fm-metq) Howmwnn Tempemure zm 9Q'hble Hm


pvl dzqf
I Wall Well Cflrllpifilfln ¢ IND Liqutd ‘TS (1 L9§D9§4 _ BUFILIM
Ewell! war in-nntq-on _ mi Llflklld era 4 29913999 _ ’ ' K jegrgq
3 ,su st-nt H ‘ sorr Llqurd man ' "N" ' F”

216 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger Simple network model on the GIS map

44. Run the task and record your results in the table.
TIP: On the N0deIBranch results tab, click Expand all to
extract some of the results.
L.)

Results
Property Value
Gas flow rate at Sink (mmscfld)
Gas flow rate from Well (mmscfld)
Gas flow rate from Well-1 (mmscfld)
Differential pressure across Choke (psi)
Outlet Pressure from the Junction (psi)

NOTE: Your answers do not exactly match the answers in 0


the Answer key because of slight differences in the
way flowlines are laid out in the GIS map view.

Review question
Why is it important to have elevational data available when
5
simulating a pipeline?

Summary
in this module, you learned about:
- adding a map to a model
- drawing pipelines following terrain features
- collecting and displaying elevation data for the pipeline

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014 217


Simple network model on the GIS map Schlumberger

NOTES

218 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals Answer key

This appendix contains the answers and/or results from exercises


for you to compare to your findings.

Module 2: Simple pipeline tutorial

Lesson 1: Single-phase flow calculations


Exercise 1: Model a water pipeline with hand calculations
Water velocity ~ 7.6 ft/sec
Reynold’s number ~ 153,400; turbulent flow
Friction fFactor ~ 0.01984
dP(friction) ~616 psi
dP(elevation) ~ 442 psi
dP(Total) 1,058 psi
Outlet pressure 142 psia

Exercise 2: Model a water pipeline with hand calculations


and PIPESIM

Result Hand calculation PIPESIM


Liquid Velocity (ftls) ~ 7.6 ~ 7.6

Apfrictional (Psi) ~e1e.ol ~s11.0


Apelevational (psi)
~ 442.0 l ~ 443.0
Aptotal (psi) ~1,o6a.o l ~1,0s4.0
Outlet pressure (psia) ~ 142.0 l ~14e.0

PlPESlM Fundamentals, Version 2014


PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key Schlumberger

Exercise 6: Calculate a gas pipeline flow capacity

Gas flow rate 1 10.7 mmscfld

Module 3: Oil well performance analysis


Lesson 1: Nodal analysis
Exercise 2: Perform a nodal analysis

Operating point — flow rate 1 8,840 STB/d


Operating point — BHP 1 2,495 psi
AOFP i 21,311 STB/d

Lesson 2: Pressureltemperature profile


Exercise 1: Generate a pressure/temperature profile
Production rate j 8,840 srs/o
Flowing BHP i 2,495 psi
Flowing wnr ] 138 degF
Depth at which gas appears 1 Between 7,082 ft and 7,199 ft

Lesson 3: Black oil fluid calibration


Exercise 1: Calibrate PVT data
Results
Wellhead Pressure = 300
psi Uncalibrated Calibrated
Production Rate, STB/d 8,840 | 3,171
Flowing BHP, psi 2,495 i 2,579
Flowing WHT, degF 138 l 134
AOFP, STB/d 21,311 i 21,320
Depth where gas appears Between 7,082 ft Between 6,848 ft
and 7,199 ft and 6,965 ft

220 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key

Lesson 4: Inflow performance matching


Exercise 1: Sensitize on the well PI to match
performance

Matched Productivity Index 1 9,375 STB/d/psi


New AOFP i 24,934 STB/d
Previous AOFP 1 21,320 STB/d

Lesson 5: Well perfonnance analysis


Exercise 1: Run a system analysis task

Critical water cut ' 71%

Lesson 6: Artificial lift


Exercise 1: Evaluate gas lift performance
Optimum gas injection rate, Liq. Prod. Rate,
Water cut, % mmscfld STB/d
70
l 6
l 10,38110381

Available gas injection rate, Liq. Prod. Rate,


Water cut, % mmscfld STB/d
70 l 3 i 33069306

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 221


PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key Schlumberger

Exercise 2: Evaluate ESP performance

ESP Design Results (Water cut = 70%)


ESP Model 1 TE11000
No. of stages 1 68.0
Efficiency, % 1 72.7
Power, no 1 255.0
Head, ft 1 2,455.0
Differential pressure, psi 1 1,017.0
Fluid temperature rise, degF 1 1.4

Exercise 3: Model multiple completions


Self-lifting results
Liquid Rate (STB/d) 1 9,593
Gas Rate (upper zone) (mmscfld) 1 3.45

Lesson 7: Downhole chokes


Exercise 1: Model a downhole choke
Results
Choke bean size required to constrain 1.05
gas rate to 4 mmscfld (inches)
Liquid rate (STB/d) 8,200

222 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger PlPESlM 2014 Fundamentals Answer key

Module 4: Gas well performance

Lesson 2: Gas well deliverability


Exercise 1: Calculate gas well deliverability
Results
Gas Rate (mmscfld) 17.881
Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi) 1,810.9

Bottomhole temperature (degF) 245.3


Wellhead temperature (degF) 175.6

Exercise 2: Calibrate the inflow model using multipoint


test data
Calibrated
back
Results Well Pl pressure
Gas Rate (mmscfld) 17.881 1 14.696
Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi) 1,810.9 1 1,656
Bottomhole temperature (degF) 245.3 1 242.5
Wellhead temperature (degF) 175.6 1 170.4

Back pressure equation


Parameter c (mmscf/d/psi"2n) 1 7.98 E-7
Parameter n 1 1

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 223


PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key Schlumberger

Lesson 3: Erosion prediction


Exercise 1: Select a tubing size
Results
Selected tubing ID (inches) 3.476

Gas rate (mmscfld) 14.7

Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi) 1,655.5

Flowing bottomhole temperature (degF) 242.6

Flowing wellhead temperature, degF 170.4

Max Erosional velocity ratio 0.9847

Lesson 4: Choke modeling


Exercise 1: Model a flowline and choke
Results
Po = 710 psia
Choke size (inches) 1 1.502925

RGSUHS

Updated choke size = 1.50 inches


Static reservoir pressure (psi) 4,600

Flowing bottomhole pressure (psi) 1,654.6

Flowing wellhead pressure (psi) 799.1

Flowing pressure immediately downstream 712.3


of choke (psi)
Outlet pressure (psi) 710.6

Pressure losses across system


A Reservoir (psi) 2,945.4

A Tubing (psi) 855.4

A Choke (psi) 86.9

A Flowline (psi) 1.7

224 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key

Exercise 2: Predict future production rates


Results
Reservoir Gas rate (mmscfl
pressure (psi) d)
4,600 14.696290
4,200 12.182110
3,800 9.852769
3,400 7.731681

Lesson 5: Liquid loading


Exercise 1: Determine the critical gas rate to prevent well
loading

Critical gas flow rate (mmscfld) 1 3.63

Module 5: Horizontal well design

Lesson 1: Inflow performance for horizontal


completions
Exercise 1: Horizontal well performance

Gas production rate (mmscfld) 1 47.55

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 225


PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key Schlumberger

Module 6: Subsea tieback design

Lesson 1: Flow assurance considerations


Exercise 1: Size the subsea tieback and riser

Minimum Tieback and Riser diameters that satisfy 10.02


the minimum arrival pressure constraint of 400 psi
for all flow rates (inches)

Results
Property Value
Selected Tieback and Riser ID based on 400 10.020
psi arrival pressure constraint (inches)
Max. erosional velocity ratio for selected ID 0.755
Minimum arrival pressure for selected ID (psi) 962.700
Maximum arrival pressure for selected ID (psi) 1267.200

Lesson 2: Hydrates
Exercise 1: Select tieback insulation thickness
Results
Property 1 Value
Req. Insulation thickness (inch) 1 1

Exercise 2: Determine the methanol requirement


Results
Property 1 Value
Req. Methanol Injection Volume (STB/d) 1 280

226 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals Answer key

Lesson 3: Severe riser slugging


Exercise 1: Screen for severe riser slugging
Results
8,000 14,000 16,000
Severe slugging STB/d STB/d STB/d
SeveresIuggingindicator1 1.198 1 1.475 1.569

Lesson 4: Slug catcher sizing


Exercise 1: Size a slug catcher
Results
8,000 14,000 16,000
Slug catcher sizing STB/d STB/d STB/d
1/1000 slug volume (bbl) 164.93 185.48 226.61
Sphere generated liquid 456.08 424. 50 413.90
volume (bbl)
Total liquid holdup (bbl) 875.15 765.08 728.16
Ramp-up volume (bbl) 875.15 — 728.16 = 146.99
Design volume for slug 456.08 * 1.2 = 547.30
catcher (bbl)

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014


PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key Schlumberger

Module 7: Looped gas gathering network

Lesson 1: Model a gathering network


Exercise 1: Model a pipeline network
Results
Gas flow rate to Gas Sales (mmscfld) 1 49.56
Oil flow rate going to Oil Storage (STB/d) 1 7,281.53
Water flow rate to treatment (STB/d) 748.54

Results
Gas sales (without compressor) (mmscfld) 1 45.19

Exercise 2: Screen the network for erosion issues


Results
Branches where EVR > 1 WelI_1, Well_2, and Well_3
Connected flow lines WFL-1, WFL-2,
and WFL-3, respectively.

Module 8: Simple network model on the GIS


map

Lesson 1: Pipeline modeling


Exercise 1: Build the network model on a map
Results
Property Value
Gas flow rate at Sink (mmscfld) 45.07
Gas flow rate from Well (mmscfld) 23.69
Gas flow rate from Well-1 (mmscfld) 21.69
Differential pressure across choke (psi) 305.20
Outlet pressure from the junction (psi) 1,617.10

228 PIPESIM Fundamentals. Version 2014


Schlumberger PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals; Answer key

NOTES

PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014 229


PIPESIM 2014 Fundamentals: Answer key Schlumberger

NOTES

230 PIPESIM Fundamentals, Version 2014

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen